units

faculty-pg-edu

Faculty of Education

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2013 Postgraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Research Graduate School to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kim Davies (Gippsland); Dr Iris Duhn (Semester 1 Peninsula); Mr Joseph Agbenyega (Semester 2 Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore a range of theoretical perspectives (i.e., critical theory, critical race theory, feminisms, indigenous knowledges, queer theory, etc.) relating to difference and diversity. Students will construct, examine, deconstruct and map their own social positionings in relation to their personal and professional experiences of difference and diversity. Through critical reflection and participatory practices students will work collaboratively in developing teaching, learning and assessment processes that recognise and support multiple discourses of difference.

Outcomes

  1. recognise and describe the influence of various discourses that affect their own social positioning, that of the educational profession and of the children and families served by schools;
  2. develop a theoretical language to identify and support their beliefs about difference and diversity;
  3. identify and analyse learning contexts that recognise, engage with and value difference;
  4. design learning tasks that recognise, engage with and value difference; and
  5. design a range of assessment tasks and instruments that recognise, engage with and value difference.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A Creative Presentation (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Group Classroom Planning Task (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ibrahim Latheef (Peninsula); Ms Kelly Carabott (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the range of linguistic and literate demands on young children in contemporary Australia. Within a framework of multiliteracies, students will reconceptualise literacy to encompass systems of symbolic representation such as oral, written, disciplinary, artistic, technological, environmental, emotional and social literacies. Students will explore ways of analysing and extending children's representational capacities

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify how children make meaning through their participation and use of semiotic systems in a variety of social contexts;
  2. describe and critique key curriculum principles for supporting the development of children's multi-literacy skills;
  3. plan and implement ways to enhance children's use of a range of modes of communication, and
  4. implement teaching strategies to extend children's access to technological literacies.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: (2,000 words or equivalent. 50%)
Assessment task 2: (2,000 words or equivalent. 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland); Professor Marilyn Fleer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of different theoretical perspectives related to children's learning and development, including developmental, sociocultural, post-structural and post-modern theories. These theoretical lenses will be used to examine images of childhood as they are constructed in relation to time, space and place, with a particular emphasis on cultural constructions including indigeneity. Students will examine learning that occurs in a range of contexts including the classroom, the home, other informal settings and the wider community, and the attendant implications this has for students from indigenous backgrounds. Students will be presented with opportunities to describe, critique and utilise these theories during their professional placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of different theories of children's learning and development;
  2. use theories to investigate practices across time, culture, space and places;
  3. develop techniques to assist in observing children and their learning;
  4. reflect on their personal professional learning during professional placement; and
  5. recognise and apply their understanding of children's learning in an educational setting.

Fieldwork

5 days placement

Assessment

Assessment 1: Successful completion of placement: 5 days (1,600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Assessment 2: Collection of observations (2,400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Green (Gippsland); Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the components of experiential education in the context of movement, environment and community. There will be an exploration of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, the environment and sustainability and the context and community. Students will learn through experience of movement from the perspective of the learner, teacher and community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and implement learning experiences focusing on movement, environment and community;
  2. critique a variety of perspectives relating to movement, environment and community;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, environment and sustainability, and the context and community; and
  4. use resources and equipment in a safe and ethical manner.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Report (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Planning assignment (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland); Dr Wee Tiong Seah (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit extends students' knowledge, skills and dispositions relating to early years numeracy, to the exploration of different pedagogical approaches and strategies in the teaching of mathematics and numeracy to primary school children, including those in the middle years. It provides students with opportunities to engage in critical readings, hands-on exercises and discussions of teaching and learning different mathematical topics. There will be an emphasis on students interrogating their understanding and honing their skills in facilitating children learning in a variety of sociocultural and educational contexts, such as learning technologies, mixed abilities, learning disabilities, and creative assessment. Particular emphasis will be placed on topics related to chance and data, and measurement. These activities will be informed by current educational research and policy, both locally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify key concepts in primary mathematics and numeracy pedagogy;
  2. understand how sociocultural, political and educational contexts underlie, facilitate and impede children learning of primary mathematics and numeracy;
  3. evaluate personal professional assumptions about teaching and learning primary mathematics and numeracy;
  4. plan for the effective deployment of appropriate pedagogical strategies to support children's learning against current-day, multiple contexts; and
  5. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively the extent of children's mathematics and numeracy learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A critical analysis of a selected pedagogical context or issue in numeracy education, informed by relevant research and guided by personal professional experience.(2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A reflective examination of the ways in which relevant sociocultural, political and educational contexts have been negotiated in the development of a chosen numeracy unit. (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF1204, EDF5116, EDF4104


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter De Vries (Peninsula); Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate learning experiences through engaging with and exchanging different forms of knowledge, including the arts, language and numeracy. Students will participate in research that involves them in critical engagements with a range of sign systems. Commonalities between the arts and numeracy will be established including colour, shape, line, form, tone, space, rhythm, time, texture, tactility, motion and various approaches to problem-solving. Students will examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  2. critique integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners; and
  4. show an understanding of the connections between the arts, language and numeracy in an educational context.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research Project (2,000 words equiv, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Integrated Unit of Work (2,000 words equiv, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hong Ming Ma (Gippsland); Dr Marc Pruyn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate integrated learning experiences through engaging with different forms of knowledge, including science, technology and studies of society and environment. This unit considers the ways in which scientific, technological, social, cultural, historical, environmental, and political meanings are constructed and transmitted within our society and the ways in which these key areas can be integrated and implemented in diverse educational settings and places. Students will continue to examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of the connections between the science, technology and studies of society and environment;
  2. further develop their knowledge of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy;
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners and places using science, technology and studies of society and environment; and
  4. critique their prior experiences in science, technology and studies of society and environment and consider the implications for their practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Multimodal Report (2,000 words equiv, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Integrated Unit of Work and Resource (2,000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula); Ms Wendy Goff (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy. Students will be encouraged to research changing literacy practices, critically reflect on their own beliefs and teaching practices, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the learning and teaching of literacy, to a diverse range of learners. The students will critically examine current literacy practices, including assessment and reporting of literacy learning, in order to develop effective methods of literacy pedagogy in their own teaching. Students' pedagogical practices will take into account the changing social futures and needs of primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of theoretical perspectives on literacy, and critically examine these in light of their own developing perspectives;
  2. explore and develop their own literacy skills and pedagogical practices;
  3. demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the primary classroom, including approaches to assessment and reporting, and
  4. become competent in the use of a range of ICTs in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Critique (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Planning assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF4102 EDF1203


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ian Mitchell (On-campus, Clayton); Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically engage with various theoretical views relating to curriculum and how assessment is positioned within these views. A focus of this unit will be upon what makes particular curricula and assessment approaches have educative value. Consequently the political and moral dimensions inherent in all curricula will be explored. This unit will promote the importance of developing the professional capacity of educators to make value judgments in terms of curriculum planning, action and evaluation. A key component to making such professional judgments is the capacity for engaging in philosophical aims and purposes of the curriculum and of assessment.

Outcomes

Upon experiencing this unit students will be critically inquiring into:

  • how the notion of 'curriculum' is embedded in the praxis of education rather than the discourse of learning if it is to have educative value.
  • the moral and political aspects inherent in all curricula and assessment;
  • various curricula and assessment practices to determine their educative value;
  • their beliefs about education, learning and assessment and be comparing these with theories found in professional literature;
  • designing a range of methods for generating evidence of student learning, including appropriate application of ICT;
  • reporting processes in terms of clarity for their audience and usefulness for future learning.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 - critical inquiry essay (2000 words, 50%).
Assessment Task 2 - design and analysis task (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF3001, EDF5422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This core education unit is an introductory unit for graduate teacher education secondary students. Drawing on their learning in related units and their experience in fieldwork settings, students will develop an understanding of key elements of learning, specifically: teaching and learning; effective communication; use of ICT ; literacy and numeracy; establishing effective learning environments; student motivation; and processes of classroom management. The emphasis is on exploring the rich interconnections between theory and practice, and illustrating the power of effective theories in guiding complex practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically examine their personal beliefs, values and experiences about teaching and learning, classroom management, communication and motivation;
  2. articulate their emerging professional learning, identifying significant change moments;
  3. describe, evaluate and apply a variety of classroom management and communication strategies in educational contexts;
  4. recognise literacy and numeracy needs of students;
  5. identify and apply processes for drawing on a range of theories and principles to create effective learning opportunities for students in a range of contexts; and
  6. outline and apply processes for engaging students in their learning, especially disengaged students.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Reflective journal (2,000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Research task (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of 3 years of an undergraduate Education degree; or enrolment in Grad Dip Ed (Secondary); or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (On-campus, Clayton);

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide a transition for students as they move from teacher education into the professional practice of teaching and as such views teacher education as an important part of the induction process for engaging with the teaching profession. Students will be inducted into the notion of what it means to be engaged in the teaching profession through consideration of the nature of teachers' work. This includes the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical frames of teachers' work. Students will be required to develop a sense of their personal identity; identify and develop personal literacy, numeracy and ICT skills appropriate for professional practice; as a teacher that builds in theoretical perspectives they have encountered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the range and depth of teachers' work (the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical frames of this work);
  2. articulate their personal identities as teachers;
  3. further develop the personal literacy, numeracy and ICT skills appropriate for professional practice;
  4. demonstrate their knowledge and skills as a professional learner and as a member of a professional learning community; and
  5. develop and document evidence of the impact of their professional practice on learning, teaching and organizational structures

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 - Professional Teaching Portfolio (2000 words or equivalent; 50%)
Assessment Task 2 - An investigation of professional learning by individuals within educational systems and settings. (2000 words; 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5424


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Clayton); Dr Adam Bertram (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching in a wide range of educational settings. This unit focuses on ways in which teachers and learners self-identify: class and social background, gender, sexuality, race, indigeneity, and special learning needs including literacy and numeracy. Educational issues implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum are considered such as combating homophobia and bullying. Students will consider education at the local, national and international level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of the societal diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational institutions
  2. critique educational policies related to the issues discussed in this unit
  3. understand the social and cultural contexts that influence education at the local, national and international level
  4. recognise and articulate the principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Analysis and critique of an educational policy (2,000 words; 50%).
Assessment task 2: Essay (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5423


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • reflect on how resources can help to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their peers, supervising teachers and University mentor on their development as effective teachers;
  • develop a range of teaching approaches to encourage effective student engagement and learning.

Fieldwork

EDF4070 and EDF4071 together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4070 Professional experience 1A and EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4070
Professional experience 1A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • develop and reflect on strategies that demonstrate empathy, positive regard for, and rapport with students;
  • regard all students as capable of learning and demonstrate an understanding of and commitment to equity in their practice;
  • identify the prior knowledge, the learning strengths and weaknesses of students, and other factors which impact on learning;
  • develop and reflect on strategies that acknowledge and cater for diverse cultural, religious and socio-economic factors influencing students.

Fieldwork

EDF4070 and EDF4071 together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4070 Professional experience 1A and EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4071 Professional experience 1B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4072 and EDF4073 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4072 Professional experience 2A and EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4072 Professional experience 2A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4072 and EDF4073 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4072 Professional experience 2A and EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4073 Professional experience 2B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Prerequisites

Only available to students who enrolled prior to 2009


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This is a 6 point unit for students in a Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary Education) and a Bachelor of Education.
It provides an introduction to teaching in the arts and focuses on issues facing classroom practitioners. Issues such as curriculum, assessment and the development and management of effective learning episodes in the arts including literacy,
numeracy and ICT needs will be discussed. The aesthetic and creative development of the student will be discussed.
Performance, display and advocacy for the arts in schools and communities will be considered. There will be a focus on the preparation and compilation of resources for current and future teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, prepare and evaluate effective learning episodes in school arts education;
  2. explore and develop instructional strategies applicable in the arts classroom such as management and occupational health and safety issues;
  3. understand curriculum concepts and documentation in arts education;
  4. explore and develop strategies for engendering creative and aesthetic experiences in arts education;
  5. show an awareness of approaches to inclusive arts education; and
  6. understand the role of arts education in school communities.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of a learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%); Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Grad. Dip. Ed; or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Any one of EDF4404, OR EDF4417, OR EDF4418, OR EDF4425 & EDF4426. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5478, EDF5480


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit consists of four modules. Module 1 will focus on what it means to be a Business educator and explore the rationale for Business Education locally, nationally and internationally. A range of Business Studies curriculum models and syllabi will be examined. Module 2 will assist pre-service teachers to develop their knowledge, skills and behaviours related to the teaching, learning and resourcing of Business Studies education programs. Module 3 will develop pre-service teachers' understandings about how to employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress, including the use of assessment criteria. Module 4 will examine a range of cross curriculum priorities that inform the teaching of Business and Economics across the compulsory Years 7-10.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the role and importance of Business education curriculum (including reference to Accounting, Business Management, Economics, Industry and Enterprise and Legal Studies) in the secondary school context with particular emphasis on Years 7 - 10;
  2. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions;
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work;
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners;
  5. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress; and
  6. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Portfolio (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Selecting appropriate resources, teaching, learning and assessment approaches (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4401, EDF4405, EDF4413, OR EDF4427. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

Students will develop their understanding of, and capacity for, developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy across a range of subject areas, appreciating the importance of language and literacy in schooling and students' learning. Through grounded inquiry into aspects of recent international, national, state-based curricula, and awareness of the way language and context mediate teaching and learning, students are familiarised with current practices in English language and literacy in Australia and other countries. Focus is upon language and literacy with respect to curriculum and pedagogy in Yrs 7-10 of secondary schooling, while the principles and practices are relevant to years P-12.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their beliefs, ethical approaches and experiences with respect to language and literacy learning in secondary schools;
  2. develop, and critically evaluate, a variety of teaching practices and communication strategies in different modes and in different teaching and learning contexts;
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work;
  4. actively participate in professional conversations about a range of issues in relation to the nature and possibilities of English language and literacy learning across different subject areas; the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas; and professional identity of teachers who teach language and literacy in different curriculum settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);Assessment Task 1: A reflective autobiographical narrative (2,000 words); Assessment Task 2: A unit of work for secondary school students (equivalent of 2,000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3 undergraduate degree, or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4406, or EDF4416. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5436


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching. Although the main focus is on the Victorian secondary science curriculum, students will also explore science curricula from national and international perspectives. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Emphasis will be placed on students building their understanding of science teaching through collaborative participation in a range of contexts and experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their experiences as learners of science and identify implications for their professional identity;
  2. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications for science teaching;
  3. become familiar with curriculum documents related to teaching science;
  4. build pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between content, context and pedagogical approach;
  5. develop competence in planning, assessing and implementing lessons and units of work; and
  6. become sensitized to the "real world" of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, 4 units of tertiary science or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4402, OR EDF4403, OR EDF4419, OR EDF4420 OR EDF4424. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5458


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit utilises and integrated approach towards the teaching of Health, Outdoor and Physical Education (HOPE) within a secondary education context. Students will be introduced to methods, resources and theories which are useful in contemporary HOPE teaching. While the focus is upon the Victorian curriculum, students will be encouraged to explore HOPE teaching from national and international perspectives. Students will be expected to critically engage with a range of relevant pedagogical and professional issues.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • Provide a socio-historical perspective on the relationships between Health, Outdoor and Physical Education;
  • Articulate their teaching philosophies and identify the ways in which they may have implications for their teaching and professional identity;
  • Plan, develop, implement and evaluate units of work and lessons;
  • Identify and apply effective and innovative approaches to teaching HOPE;
  • Develop knowledge of pedagogical content;
  • Become familiar with relevant curriculum documents related to teaching HOPE.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hrs pw

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree with a minor sequence in Health, Physical Education or Outdoor Education. [Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.]

Co-requisites

EDF4409, OR EDF4422, OR EDF4423. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5482, EDF5485, EDF5490


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

The unit provides students with the opportunity to apply and assess appropriate educational applications of technology across the secondary school curriculum. A particular focal point addresses the use of technologies in order to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas. A second focus of the unit is to engage critically with the impacts of technology in society and education in ways that can impact the broader school curriculum. Students will gain familiarity with the information resources and facilities available to teachers, and gain experience with the different ways in which information technology can be structured in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand and appreciate the various applications of technology in learning and teaching;
  2. critically evaluate the impacts of information and communication technologies in education and society;
  3. apply their skills in using suitable technologies to manage teaching and learning;
  4. understand and appreciate practical issues in implementing information technology programs into school settings;
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT; and
  7. explore and develop strategies for collegial cross-curriculum teaching using information and communication technologies.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A resources database (3,000 words, 70%); Assessment task 2: Written assignment (1,000 words, 30%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, an undergraduate degree. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4410. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5456


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of issues associated with being a secondary mathematics and numeracy teacher. Issues examined include: how children learn mathematics; contemporary mathematics curricula; theories informing the approaches to mathematics teaching advocated; planning to teach mathematics; and locating resources. These issues are examined through a consideration of a range of content areas within the years 7 -10 curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand and appreciate the role of mathematics and numeracy in secondary schooling;
  2. develop and apply knowledge of teaching styles, resources and assessment methods for mathematics;
  3. explore the needs of diverse groups of students and consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes, including literacy and ICT needs;
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. investigate and evaluate a variety of aspects of school mathematics pedagogy; and
  6. examine and evaluate mathematics curriculum documents and their underpinning principles.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning (1600 words, 40%); Assessment task 2: Reflection and analysis from fieldwork placement (2400 words, 60%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

2 units of first year tertiary level mathematics or by special permission. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

EDF4415. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5454


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the theoretical bases and principles of second language teaching and learning and the development of bilingualism in current multicultural and multilingual contexts, while also addressing remaining monolingual ones such as those in rural areas. It encourages students to reflect on their own second language learning and to use this to analyse and report on current second language programmes in contexts in which they may teach.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop their understanding of principles of second language acquisition and apply these to planning for teaching and learning in multilingual and multicultural contexts;
  2. reflect on the ways in which second language and literacy teaching and learning in schools can develop additive bilingualism;
  3. apply communicative language teaching approaches in diverse classroom contexts;
  4. develop sociocultural awareness of and sensitivity to classroom contexts;
  5. develop an understanding of intercultural competence and its importance in a global world;
  6. undertake planning for second language learning;
  7. acquire a metalanguage for talking about second language pedagogy; and
  8. develop and apply their knowledge and skills for using ICT in second language programs.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Written evaluation of second language program (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Case study of learner, or, an inquiry into primary language learning activities and outcomes. (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5486


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to theory and practice in the broad field of Social and Environmental Education. This is an introductory unit for students who will study Geography, History and Social education specialisms in the second semester. The unit prepares students to become effective and knowledgeable Social and Environmental educators. The unit focuses on developing understanding of recent developments in the curriculum area of Social and Environmental Education, since varied models and approaches to this field are found in school. The main focus in the unit is on curriculum and teaching in the lower and middle levels of secondary school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop appropriate strategies for teaching Social and Environmental Education in secondary school settings;
  2. interpret and translate current curriculum documents into classroom practice that will engage school learners in active and inquiry-based learning;
  3. and use a variety of resources and approaches to develop school students' literacy, numeracy and ICT skills;
  4. devise, adapt, interpret and use courses, units, and varied learning resources to enhance classroom practice and student learning;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in Social and Environmental Education locally and internationally; and
  6. reflect critically on the development of students' own learning and teaching skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Annotated review of Social and Environmental Education resources (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: Critical review of curriculum models in Social and Environmental Education (2,000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Social Science. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theory and practice covering various disciplines which comprise Jewish Studies. The unit introduces students to a number of issues and themes that can help them to locate Jewish Studies in its broader global context and to appreciate the dynamics of Jewish schools and Jewish schooling. The unit also focuses on developing an understanding of various models of and approaches to the teaching of Jewish Studies. This is an introductory unit for students who wish to specialise in Jewish Studies Education in the second semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of some key issues and themes relating to the theory and practice of Jewish education;
  2. critically evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to teaching Jewish Studies in particular educational contexts;
  3. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular areas of Jewish Studies;
  4. implement techniques and strategies and use a variety of resources to develop students' literacy, numeracy and ICT skills;
  5. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources; and
  6. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons from a selection of topics and areas.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Annotated review of Jewish educational resources [2000 words, 50%]; Assessment task 2: Analysis of curriculum models in Bible education [2000 words, 50%]

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Recognised three-year degree or equivalent. Preferred candidates should have undertaken studies in one or both of (1) Hebrew literature and (2) Language and Jewish studies/history. (Note: Students undertaking this unit as a middle school option through the Bachelor of Education (Primary) will meet different requirements. Specific advice should be sought.)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5472


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Dyson

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession. Each placement will be for a minimum of 10 days and a maximum of 15 days, (up to a total of 50 days over the length of the course).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students;
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies; and
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A Portfolio (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession. Each placement will be for a minimum of 10 days and a maximum of 15 days, (up to a total of 50 days over the length of the course).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students;
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies; and
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A Portfolio (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

EDF4315 Professional contexts 1A; and EDF4317 Professional contexts 2A


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Dyson

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession. Each placement will be for a minimum of 10 days and a maximum of 15 days, (up to a total of 50 days over the length of the course).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students;
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies; and
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1000 words or equivalent, 50%); and Assessment task 2: A Portfolio (1000 words or equivalent, 50%). All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

EDF4315 Professional contexts 1A


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession. Each placement will be for a minimum of 10 days and a maximum of 15 days, (up to a total of 50 days over the length of the course).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs;
  2. design and manage learning environments;
  3. develop professional relationships with students;
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies; and
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: A Portfolio (1,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

EDF4315 Professional contexts 1A; EDF4316 Professional contexts 1B; and EDF4317 Professional contexts 2A


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically examine principles, practices and issues of health and wellbeing. They will explore how society and culture influence community practices, legal and quality assurance requirements relating to the health and wellbeing of children and adults in early childhood settings. The unit will prepare students with strategies to maintain high quality health, safety and nutritional standards in children's services and to balance work and life commitments through emotional, physical, social and spiritual self-care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of maintaining healthy lifestyles for staff and children;
  2. appreciate a range of perspectives on health and wellbeing;
  3. manage health and safety routines in early childhood settings according to appropriate laws and regulations;
  4. reflect on the implications of child health and safety issues in early childhood educational and care settings, and
  5. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay (2000 words 50%)
Assessment task 2: Tutorial presentation and/or diagrammatic map (2000 words or equivalent, 50% )

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Agbenyega

Synopsis

The socio-cultural/historical concepts of learning and development of children aged from birth to 12 years, including medical concepts of disability and special additional needs, will be explored. The policy and practical implications of learning and inclusion for teaching will feature, with particular emphasis on good practice and strategies that may be introduced to assist children and their families from varying cultural backgrounds.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this unit students are expected to be able to:

  1. increase their knowledge and understanding of typical and atypical trajectories of learning and development in the early years;
  2. increase their knowledge and understanding of the policy and practice within early years practice and to explore ways to include children with special education needs;
  3. gain insight into ways in which children, particularly those with special education needs, are supported to maximize their learning potentials through collaboration with parents from varying cultural backgrounds; and
  4. explore various conceptual and theoretical perspectives about learning, development, disability, and special needs and to engage in case studies that exemplify the application of theoretical ideas and practice.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assessment 1: Seminar presentation and supporting documentation (1600 words, 40%) Assessment 2: Case study (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to 3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning. On campus classes do not run during teaching practicum.

Prohibitions

EDF5413 Family studies


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 2 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Robyn Babaeff (on-campus & Term 2 off-campus, Peninsula); Dr Liang Li (Term 4 off-campus, Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the contexts for professional life as well as the identities, roles, and responsibilities of a contemporary early childhood professional. It will address the broader dimensions of being a contemporary early childhood professional including service management, professional leadership, research, advocacy, professional ethics, networking, career development and working effectively in the broader community. The notions of the 'learned professional' and the 'ethics of care', which require commitments to ethical relationships, pedagogical knowledge, critical thinking and intellectual engagement will underpin the way the unit is conceptualised. Consideration will be given to topics related to human and material resources management, service development and marketing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this subject, students should have:

  1. an appreciation of, and the ability to respond to, the complex roles and responsibilities which are integral to the life and identities of an early childhood professional
  2. an understanding of the importance of mandated requirements and the range of issues related to the effective management and administration of Early Childhood services.
  3. an understanding of the ethical dilemmas and commitments inherent in early childhood education
  4. an awareness of the professional networks, resources, and agencies which are available to support the work of early childhood professionals
  5. the skills required to work effectively in partnership with team members, parents and other professionals in the field.

Fieldwork

Nil

Assessment

Assignment 1: Service Report (1600 words, 40%)
This will be a report related to an area of management of an early childhood service and will replicate an activity that can reasonably be expected of a manager of an early childhood service.
Assignment 2: Project report (2400 words, 60%)
This will be a research project related to a current issue in the early childhood field and the role of the early childhood professional as an advocate, leader within that context.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to 3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning.

Prohibitions

EDF4502, EDF4506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the early childhood education profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals;
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment;
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others; and
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Managing wellbeing (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Multimodal autobiography (2,000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hanan Sukkar

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the planning, implementation, and evaluation of high-quality, play-based curricula in kindergarten settings. Students will develop skills in integrating a range of curriculum domains, with an emphasis on early literacy and numeracy. The unit also provides an overview of early childhood curriculum frameworks locally and nationally, in the context of wider curriculum theory. Students will develop strategies for observing and assessing children's learning as a basis for planning, and pedagogical tools to assist in communicating with parents, and for curriculum planning and evaluation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. systematically observe, assess, and plan for the learning of young children;
  2. identify key elements of curriculum frameworks in early childhood education;
  3. implement and evaluate integrated curriculum experiences with individuals, and small and large groups, across a range of curriculum domains; and
  4. make systematic links between culture, community, family and individual issues in their teaching practice.

Fieldwork

15 days for BECEd; 25 days for GradDip(EC)

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Pedagogical tool kit (equivalent to 1600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Successful completion of professional placement (equivalent to 2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Peninsula Term 3 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liang Li (Term 1 off-campus, Peninsula); Dr Hilary Monk (Second Semester, on-campus Peninsula & Term 3 off-campus, Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit is principally comprised of up to 45 days of professional placement in prior-to-school settings, supported by regular in-centre tutorial sessions during block placements.

Outcomes

  1. foster professional relationships with children, families, and colleagues;
  2. systematically plan and implement curricular practices that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in their families and communities;
  3. effectively manage children's activities in the early childhood setting; and
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to assess their own personal professional learning and development.

Fieldwork

25 days Bachelor of Early Childhood Education 30 days Grad Dip Ed (plus15 days for students who don't have a recognised prior ECE qualification

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Professional portfolio (equivalent to 1600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Successful completion of professional placement (equivalent to 2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Avis Ridgway

Synopsis

Play has been traditionally viewed as an important pedagogical approach for early childhood education in most European heritage communities. However, in recent years broader and different and more culturally inclusive research has been undertaken to show how play is culturally constructed. In this unit, students will examine research which calls into question the taken for granted theories of play that have informed the work of early childhood professionals and be provided with new and different contexts to think about in relation to how play is defined and theorized. In addition, students will consider the cultural ways in which children in contemporary society play and live in their communities. Importantly, students will undertake an analysis of the contemporary theories of play, noting the research upon which particular theories are based, examining cross-cultural variations, popular culture, gendered interactions and critiquing the range of play contexts that children find themselves today. Students will be supported in their work through observing children, undertaking analyses, and through re-theorising play.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of play as a pedagogical construct;
  2. critically analyse the assumptions and research base underpinning the range of theoretical perspectives of play enacted locally, nationally and internationally;
  3. investigate the social construction of play in a range of cross-cultural contexts;
  4. analyse the use of observations of children as a mechanism to evaluate children's play; and
  5. creatively explore the principles of play as a construct for learning in schools, centres and homes.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Data collection and multimedia presentation (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Concept diagram and action plan (2,000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Accounting Education builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester Business Education unit and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Accounting and related studies in the twenty first century classroom. Students will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Accounting Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Accounting and related studies at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of Accounting and related subjects
  2. select and evaluate appropriate Accounting teaching and learning resources
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of Accounting and associated studies
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of Accounting and associated studies
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning Accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%); Assessment Task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection (3,000 words; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting, Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission, EDF4111 Business education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5493 Accounting education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie

Synopsis

The unit is designed to prepare students to teach Biology in secondary settings both as a specialist senior (Years 11 & 12) subject and within the general science curriculum (Years 7-10). The unit provides an introduction to Biology education as a specialist field that is based on the knowledge and ideas important for learners to know in order to equip them to become biologically literate citizens and to inspire an interest in, and enjoyment of, the natural world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and interpret the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary Biology teaching in post primary settings
  2. access and develop a range of effective teaching approaches in Biology education that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of students
  3. access and build pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between content, context and pedagogical approach
  4. interpret, critique and implement curriculum documents related to teaching Biology in secondary contexts
  5. develop technical competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Report: (2,000 words; 50%); and Assessment task 2: Written report (2,000 words; 50%). This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (anatomy, physiology, microbiology, botany, zoology not biochemistry or pharmacology, EDF4113 General science education or EDF5462

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5463 Biology education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the relationships between learning and teaching in chemistry. Teaching strategies and contexts for use in chemistry classes in Years 7 to 12 will be explored. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. set appropriate Chemistry content for Years 7 - 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of Chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their students
  3. demonstrate appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching Chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. show critical understanding of the curriculum and pedagogy of Chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what Chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for Chemistry
  8. be aware of the barriers raised by traditional science and Chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real world Chemistry
  10. develop as professionals who are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible, and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Chemistry Reflective Teaching Portfolio (2,000 words, 50%); and Assessment task 2: Chemistry Curriculum Research Project (2,000 words, 50%). This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in either Chemistry or Biochemistry and EDF4113 General Science Education or EDF5464

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5465 Chemistry education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

EDF4404 is a six point curriculum specialism unit which addresses the theory and practice of secondary school Drama Education. It is designed to develop students' skills and understandings as Drama educators and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical, and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • understand and develop a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education;
  • understand and critically interpret relevant curriculum documents;
  • plan purposefully for student learning in secondary drama contexts;
  • understand and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama and;
  • adopt a reflective approach to continuous improvement in teaching drama.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Performance Task (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%); Assessment task 2:Research Task (2,000 words; 50%).
This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Drama or Theatre Studies including practical drama, and EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5475 Drama education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Synopsis

This unit builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester EDF4111 Business Education unit and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Economics in the twenty-first century classroom. Pre-service teachers will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Economics Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Economics at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to;

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related studies;
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics teaching and learning resources;
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of economics;
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students;
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of economics;
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to a teaching and learning program related to economics and to the learning needs of students; and
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%) Assessment task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection (3,000 words; 75%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week, 9 hours private study

Off-campus attendance requirements

12 hours per week, including interaction with materials provided in the Study Guide,
readings and completion of set tasks. As students will preferably be completing some teaching practicum during the semester this unit is studied, workload is reduced during the weeks of placement.

Prerequisites

A minor sequence (two years of study) in Economics, and EDF 4111

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5435 Economics education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Synopsis

EDF4406 English Education is a six point curriculum specialism unit, which enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7-12). Students develop their capabilities in developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy in these curriculum areas. Through an examination of the national policy and various State-based curricula, students are familiarised with current developments in English literacy education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. competently use a variety of communication strategies in different modes and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations about issues pertinent to English education
  4. evaluate their own experiences of teaching English in schools and/or other settings
  5. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for students in schools and plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: An evaluative piece focusing on the teaching of writing (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Development of curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2,000 words equivalent; 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Scott Bulfin (Clayton)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Level 3, undergraduate degree, or by special permission, and at least a minor sequence in 'English literature' or 'Literary studies', or a minor sequence in 'Writing' together with a part in 'English literature' or 'Literary studies' , and must have passed in EDF4112 English language and literacy education or EDF5436

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5437 English Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist Geography teachers. It builds on the concepts introduced in EDF4118. It will develop students' understanding of current trends in geographical education and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in Geography. Studies will include further approaches to teaching and learning in geography and ways of assessing students' understanding of geographical knowledge and skills. Studies will also include the use and development of information and communication technologies.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this unit students are expected to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of school Geography
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess Geography lessons and field activities
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7-10 and the post compulsory Years 11 and 12
  4. access, use and evaluate the role of Information and Communication Technologies in Geographic education
  5. respond to current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their Geography classes
  6. understand the role of Geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. understand the role of Geographic education in Civics and Citizenship Education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Design of fieldwork activity, linked to appropriate curriculum documents (1,500 words or equivalent; 35%); Assessment Task 2: A unit of work, linked to appropriate curriculum documents, devised for students in Years 7-10 (2,500 words or equivalent; 65%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Geography, and EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5441 Geography Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Synopsis

EDF4408 History education introduces the teaching and learning of History as a stand-alone discipline or rigorous component of an integrated Humanities program in either secondary school or historio-cultural wider education settings. Whilst History education remains mindful of the requirements of the Victorian Essential Learning Standards and Victorian Certificate of Education, the unit assumes responsibility for developing competent 'specialist' History educators who will work in diverse education settings and global locations with equally diverse History program documents and learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' historical knowledge;
  2. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and the histories of different locations
  3. facilitate learners' predictions of possible futures on the basis of the above and consideration of how best to achieve preferred futures for the greater good;
  4. develop learners' life, career, leisure and wider study skills and interest in lifelong learning through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of History;
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively; and
  6. develop learners' values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive global citizenship.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A History Resource Guide (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%); Assessment task 2:. A History Unit Outline (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in History, EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5443 History Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education specialism in health that has two foci: 1) on health education in the school context: and 2) developing teaching and learning in health for years 11 and 12. Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in Health and Health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of curriculum and pedagogy in Health education
  3. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in Health education
  4. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  5. design units of study pertaining to Health education for students in Year 11 or 12
  6. explore the use of health informatics through multi-media.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Curriculum and pedagogy task (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Oral exam (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in health studies covering Health, Human Development, Family and Nutrition; and EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5491 Health education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips

Synopsis

The unit will be based on a number of broad objectives which will enable successful students to understand the scope of Information Technology education at the senior secondary levels including the issues of technology facilitated learning. It will further develop students' knowledge of the methods and teaching styles appropriate for information technology learning at all levels of secondary education. Students will gain familiarity with the resources and facilities available to the information technology teacher, and gain experience with the different ways in which information technology can be structured in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge and understandings about appropriate teaching strategies for teaching and assessing technology at the senior levels in secondary schools
  2. develop skills of teaching and class management appropriate to the area of technology
  3. design and present projects as the major teaching and learning strategy for technology
  4. devise, organise and implement suitable programs of technology for each level of secondary schooling
  5. devise and implement procedures for assessing pupils' work in technology
  6. develop attitudes in valuing technology as an important new area of learning
  7. develop a commitment to the continued development and improvement of technology
  8. develop both an instrumental and critical appreciation of technology.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Teaching Portfolio (1,000 words; 20%); Assessment task 2: Documentation and Report (3,000 words; 80%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in computer studies of information technology, and EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5457 Information technology/computing education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit builds on the basic underlying principles of foreign/second language education studied in Second Language Pedagogy. It incorporates a theoretical framework which underpins ways of approaching the teaching and learning of languages in monolingual and multilingual educational settings and focuses on a variety of techniques and strategies to trial with a range of language learners. The unit introduces pre-service teachers to current local and international curriculum documents and assessment requirements for languages.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enable pre-service teachers in second/foreign languages to plan for and implement lessons in their language which engage learners and develop their cognitive, creative and linguistic skills
  2. evaluate existing commercial materials for their language
  3. demonstrate basic understanding of current curriculum frameworks and assessment requirements for languages
  4. plan interdisciplinary units of work which reflect their understanding of how communication and intercultural knowledge develop through classroom teaching and learning activities
  5. make effective use of ICT in language programs
  6. plan effective assessment tasks, both formative and summative, for secondary school language learners
  7. use a range of learning materials, including games, songs, multimedia, to develop lexical and grammatical knowledge of secondary school language learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A written critical evaluation (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Development of an integrated unit of work (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence (Post Year 12) in Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Indonesian, Hebrew, Japanese or Korean plus proficiency in spoken and written language, and EDF4117 Second language pedagogy. Native speakers of the language may seek a statement of equivalence from a Victorian University, to verify that they meet the standard of a post year 12 major study.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5487


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service languages teachers with an overview of and general rationale for the teaching of a LOTE in primary schools. Students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a P-6 LOTE program and the integration of such a program within the larger school curriculum. The focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons. It builds skills in the development of integrated units of work and emphasises the importance of cross curricular planning involving classroom teachers. The course covers strategies for teaching in a range of primary school settings and primary language programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Familiarize themselves with current language curriculum developments and their primary school pedagogical implications;
  2. Develop awareness of the needs and interests of different student groupings in the primary school setting;
  3. Develop lesson plans with clearly expressed objectives and appropriate sequencing of exercises and activities;
  4. Design a variety of ways of developing the four macro-skills for communication individually and in combination;
  5. Explore various strategies for monitoring and reporting on students' progress in language learning;
  6. Develop a unit of work which encompasses strategies for a multi-level class and incorporates intercultural knowledge; and
  7. Use their understandings about second language acquisition to reflect critically on their fieldwork experience.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Develop an integrated unit of work (2,000 words, 50%); Assessment task 2: An oral and written annotated bibliography of language classroom materials and resources, and of alternative approaches to teaching and learning in primary school language programs (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

EDF4117 or EDF 5486 or EDF5488, A post-year 12 major in a language or its equivalent.

Co-requisites

EDF4411. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5489 Languages other than English (LOTE) education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit is designed for students in the Graduate Diploma of Education and Bachelor of Education courses. It provides an introduction to the relationships between the teaching and learning of law-related education at secondary school level. Teaching strategies for VCE Legal Studies and Years 7 to 10 law-related topics will be explored. A number of practical activities will be undertaken during this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan lessons to engage and motivate students with a range of abilities and interests
  2. employ and develop a range of teaching and learning strategies in an effective manner
  3. develop units of work and appropriate strategies to deliver these units
  4. select, draw on and evaluate a range of major text, non-text and electronic resources available to teachers and students
  5. design and employ accountable, flexible processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  6. reflect on issues and trends in law-related education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Report. (1000 words; 25%); Assessment task 2: Teaching Package (3000 words or equivalent; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies, and EDF4111 Business education or EDF5432

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5433 Legal studies education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan (On-campus & Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of issues associated with being a secondary Mathematics teacher. Issues examined include: the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in Mathematics, the learning and teaching of calculus and statistics and probability for senior students, how to assess student learning of mathematics, gender issues in the Mathematics classroom, how to cater for individual differences, and language and cultural dimensions in the learning of Mathematics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine the Mathematics curriculum at all levels and its underpinning principles
  2. broaden their awareness of Mathematics as a subject to be learnt and to teach
  3. develop knowledge of appropriate teaching approaches and assessment methods for Mathematics
  4. explore the needs of various groups of students and consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes
  5. develop knowledge of the resources available to a teacher of Mathematics with an emphasis on the use of ICT
  6. further develop skills in planning Mathematics lessons
  7. learn about aspects of school Mathematics that they may not previously have encountered.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Computer/calculator task (20%); Teaching round portfolio (20%) (1600 words; 40%); Assessment task 2: Contexts and Issues in Secondary Mathematics (2,400 words; 60%: Presentation - 40%; Report - 20%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (Statistics is acceptable provided it is taken within a Mathematics Department), and (EDF4116 Mathematics & numeracy education OR EDF5454).

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5455 Mathematics Education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby (Clayton, on-campus); TBA (Clayton, off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of Media Studies. It will develop students' understanding of current trends in Media education and investigate representation, narrative and ideologies in television, film, radio, print, the Internet and other media. Studies will include approaches to media production, children's media culture, media issues and critical readings within and outside the Media Studies curriculum. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these issues to design and implement sequential programs of lessons in Media Studies suitable for a range of levels and in accordance with the study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of Media Studies
  2. understand the role of Media Studies as a separate discipline and an integrated part of the curriculum
  3. understand how new media and technologies have impacted on education and the teaching of Media Studies
  4. develop the confidence and expertise to plan, resource, teach and assess Media Studies lessons
  5. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for years 7-10 and the post-compulsory years 11 and 12
  6. understand and implement the fundamental concepts of critical media literacy and its pedagogy
  7. understand and teach the critical vocabularies and analytical tools of Media Studies.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Conference Workshop on Teaching Media Studies (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: Teaching Portfolio (2,000 words; 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies, drama, film, journalism or advertising; and EDF4112 English language and literature education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5477 Media studies B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Louise Jenkins (on-campus); Dr Renee Crawford (off-campus)

Synopsis

This 6 point unit in the Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary Education) or a Bachelor of Education. It builds on the EDF4110 Arts Education. Music education 1 extends the consideration of curriculum design and implementation. This will encompass current curriculum frameworks and syllabi taught in Victorian educational settings, informed by important music education curricular approaches, such as Kodaly and Orff. There will be a focus on developing curricula for middle school elective music programs, such as music technology, film music, popular music, and multicultural music. Underpinning these will be the basic tenets of music education: audition, composition and performance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop, prepare and evaluate effective learning episodes in school music education
  2. interpret, critique and implement curricula in which school music education is embedded
  3. understand the principles of composition, audition and performance as underpinning all effective school music education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in music and appropriate practical skills (equivalent to AMEB Grade VI); and EDF4110 Arts education.

Co-requisites

EDF4418 Music education 2. Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5451 Music education 1B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford (on-campus); Ms Louise Jenkins (off-campus)

Synopsis

Music education 2 introduces the most common musical instruments taught in class music education: the recorder, guitar and the keyboard laboratory. This will be informed by a consideration of influential music education curricular approaches, such as the Dalcroze and Suzuki methodologies and Alexander Technique and performance tension. There will also be a focus on school music ensembles and instrumental programs. Students will also undertake the development and presentation of a school musical or equivalent project.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explore classroom instrumental techniques and their effective use in classroom teaching practices
  2. understand how school music ensembles and performances are successfully undertaken
  3. consider music educational approaches that support the school music program.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Analysis of learning context (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Unit of work (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in music and appropriate practical skills (equivalent to AMEB Grade VI). EDF4418 Music 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4417 Music 1.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5453 Music education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Greg Lancaster (on-campus, Clayton) TBA (off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach Physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Year 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to introduce beginning teachers to a wide variety of teaching strategies, skills and techniques useful in the secondary classroom designed to assist and enhance student conceptual development and understanding of the subject.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior Physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in post primary schools
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their Physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students

3, access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in Physics and General Science education, and design engaging authentic tasks suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students

4. research for and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior Physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting improvement

5. access and employ a variety of suitable assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the Physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);
Assessment task 1A: Reflective journal and Discussion problems (1,200 words; 30%). Assessment task 1B: Multimedia task (800 words; 20%). Assessment task 2: Written assignment: (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics, EDF4113 General science education

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5467 Physics education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (on-campus, Clayton); Associate Professor Bruce Waldrip (off-campus, Gippsland)

Synopsis

This is a 6 point unit for students undertaking the fourth year of Bachelor of Education/Graduate Diploma in Education (Secondary). This unit focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their science knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of the variety of assessment techniques available for use in science education classrooms
  4. explore ways of facilitating student's in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. evaluate and reflect on their past and present science education experiences
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Case study Evaluation: (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%). Assessment task 2: Assignment: (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in General Science, which includes at least two of Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science/Geology and Physics OR a minor sequence in Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science/Geology and Physics together with a part in another of these areas., and EDF4113 General science education or EDF 5458

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5459 Science education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby (Clayton), Assoc. Prof. T Taylor (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit aims to continue to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable Social Education teachers through the development of understanding of further strategies and pedagogy appropriate for teaching Social Education studies in years 7 to 12. The major focus will be on Social Education subjects in the senior years of schooling and how the curriculum areas of Civics and Citizenship, Politics, International studies, Studies of Asia and Values Education are being developed in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop appropriate strategies and techniques for teaching Social Education studies in any school setting
  2. devise, adapt, interpret and use curricula, units, and learning materials to enhance your classroom strategies in schools
  3. develop an understanding of teaching and learning in Social Education studies at the senior school level
  4. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in Social Education teaching in Australia and internationally
  5. explore and develop effective ways of teaching and professional learning after pre-service teacher education.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); This unit will require students to complete two assignments closely connected to the objectives: Assessment task1: Reflective analysis of teaching and learning experiences (2.000 words; 50%). Assessment task 2: Development of a unit of work (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in Social Science (e.g. Anthropology, Cultural Studies, Economics, Environmental Studies, Geography, History, Legal Studies, Philosophy, Politics, Sociology together with a part in another of these areas of study); and EDF4118 Social and environmental education or EDF5444

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF 5445 Studies of society and environment (SOSE) education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Philip Payne

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit aims to prepare students to teach outdoor education both in the field and in the classroom. The historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of outdoor education will be examined with a focus on teaching and curriculum unit development. A range of curriculum and pedagogical issues relevant to the delivery of outdoor education in schools via VCE Outdoor and Environmental Studies and outdoor education within Victorian Essential Learning Standards (VELS) will be examined. Students are expected to be able to demonstrate the ability to critically reflect upon their teaching practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. to plan curriculum units of study within a school setting
  2. implement effective strategies for classroom and field based teaching
  3. demonstrate knowledge of issues relating to the management and resourcing of the subject within a school setting
  4. demonstrate knowledge of the philosophical and historical development of Outdoor Education
  5. demonstrate knowledge of the VCE Outdoor and Environmental Studies and outdoor education within VELS
  6. develop an appreciation of the curriculum issues unique to Outdoor Education
  7. demonstrate the ability to critically reflect upon their teaching practices in Outdoor Education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Essay (2,000 words; 50%).Assessment task 2: Portfolio (2,000 words: 50%). Hurdle requirements: A minimum attendance requirement for classes of 80% for On-campus students.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

One year of study in Outdoor Education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities, and (EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education or EDF5482)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5483


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown (off-campus, Peninsula)

Synopsis

This curriculum specialism unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7-12. The unit will provide historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of physical education which will be examined through critically reflective inquiry of contemporary perspectives and paradigms of practice. Issues relevant to physical education such as embodied learning, teachers and teaching (e.g. fieldwork practice) and local and global curriculum (e.g. VELS, VCE) will be examined. This unit requires students to undertake a supervised teaching fieldwork placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy, history and contemporary status of school physical education
  2. demonstrate knowledge of the VCE Physical Education and physical education within Victorian Essential Learning Standards (VELS)
  3. develop, design and plan curricula, units and lesson plans developmentally appropriate for Years 7-10 (VELS)/Years 11-12 (VCE)
  4. examine and critically reflect on local and global physical education curriculum documents, eg VELS, New Zealand HPE, British NCPE
  5. appreciate the complex interrelationships between school physical education, school/community sport, physical activity and movement and how these contribute to the development of healthy/educated lifestyles
  6. examine the range of unique contemporary issues facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  7. develop an insight into the importance of professional development in a changing society
  8. critically reflect upon their teaching practices in Physical Education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO);
Assessment task 1 (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2 (2,000 words; 50%).
Hurdle requirement: A minimum attendance requirement for classes of 80% for On-campus students.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

One and a half years of study in appropriate Physical Education discipline and skill areas, EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education or EDF5484

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5485 Physical education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to prepare students to teach Psychology in secondary schools. This will include both Middle School Psychology and VCE Units 1-4. Students will design, implement and evaluate effective curriculum and teaching programs. Various teaching and learning strategies will be modelled and explored throughout the semester and students will be required to complete practical assessment tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the nature and scope of Psychology as it is taught in secondary schools and the diverse range of students who study it
  2. demonstrate skills in teaching various components of both Middle School and VCE Psychology courses (including developing appropriate curriculum units; planning and organising classroom lessons; using a variety of teaching strategies; selecting and utilising appropriate resources; and assessing and reporting student learning)
  3. foster an interest in, and positive attitude toward, the understanding of human development and behaviour
  4. appreciate the importance of ethical issues in teaching and research involving human and animal subjects.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A unit of work including lesson plans, lesson observation task, use of learning technologies, classroom activities and assessment items (2,000 words; 50%); Assessment task 2: A compilation of curriculum resources to support one area of a senior Psychology curriculum (such as Unit 1,2, 3 or 4 in VCE Psychology) (2,000 words or equivalent; 50%) Hurdle requirements: The subject requires attendance and participation in class sessions (lectures, seminars, workshops, excursions etc.); and Student participation in the unit is vital and an 80% attendance requirement for on-campus students and 80% on-line participation for off-campus students is required.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Minor sequence in psychology or behaviour studies, and EDF4113 General science Education.

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers (On and Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop an understanding of the ways in which visual art pedagogy can be approached, and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art teacher. The emphasis is on exploring the concepts that have traditionally underpinned classroom practice in the visual arts, and on offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units-of-work in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in the visual arts
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in the visual arts
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual arts educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual arts curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Research Task: Structural issues in visual arts curriculum (2,000 words; 50%). Assessment Task 2: Research Presentation (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major study in relevant area(s) of Visual Arts (eg photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical Arts content, and EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4426 Visual Arts 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4425 Visual Arts 1. Students must also be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5479 Visual art education 1B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers (On & Off-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in Visual Art Education 1, and is a specialist education unit in the Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary). It offers a specific focus on methods of curriculum evaluation in visual arts, for those seeking to specialize as secondary Visual Arts teachers. In addition, it explores a range of issues with respect to curriculum theory and design that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the inter-disciplinary relationships between artists and art teachers, and their impact for the ways in which the curriculum operates, and for concepts of the art student.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to curriculum evaluation in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate evaluation mechanisms in the visual arts
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in the visual arts
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual arts educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual arts curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Research Task (2,000 words; 50%). Assessment Task 2: Research Presentation (2,000 words; 50%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A major study in relevant area(s) of Visual Arts (eg photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical Arts content. EDF4110 Arts education or EDF5480

Co-requisites

Visual Arts 2 can only be taken in conjunction with EDF4425 Visual Arts 1. Students must also be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5481 Visual art education 2B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatski (on & off-campus)

Synopsis

EDF4427 Business Management builds on the knowledge, skills and behaviours learned in the first semester unit EDF4111 Business Education and explores relevant issues, pedagogy and professional requirements essential for teachers of Business Management and related studies in the twenty-first century classroom. Students will explore the Victorian Certificate of Education (VCE) Business Management Study Design as an exemplar of course requirements associated with the teaching and learning of Business Management and related studies at the post compulsory level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate sound knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of Business Management and related subjects (such as Enterprise Education)
  2. select and evaluate appropriate Business Management teaching and learning resources
  3. motivate and engage students in their learning of Business Management and associated studies
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of Business Management and associated studies
  5. use a range of teaching styles, procedures and technologies appropriate to best practice teaching and learning of Business Management and associated studies
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning Business Management program and the learning needs of students
  7. use a variety of assessment and reporting methods to regularly monitor student learning progress.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment Task 1: Assessment folio (1,000 words; 25%). Assessment Task 2: Learning and Teaching Plan (unit of work) including reflection, (3,000 words; 75%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in management (generally as part of a business degree), EDF4111 Business education or EDF5494

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5495 Business management education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Synopsis

EDF4428 Jewish studies education in Semester 2 builds on the study in Semester 1 of EDF4119 The world of Jewish education. The primary purpose of this unit is to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that underpin the teaching and learning of the various subject areas which fall under the generic heading of Jewish Studies. This unit deals with various topics, themes and issues related to the teaching of Jewish Studies in the secondary school. In addition to various pedagogical "hands-on" aspects of teaching Jewish Studies, the unit will also deal with issues and themes of a more philosophical or theoretical nature.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons
  2. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular Jewish Studies subjects
  3. apply information and communication technologies (ICT) to the teaching of Jewish Studies subjects
  4. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  5. appreciate the relevance of Jewish educational research to the teaching of Jewish Studies
  6. apply knowledge from other units dealing with more general aspects of educational practice to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: A unit of work for the classroom (2500 words - 60%). Assessment task 2: A review essay (1500 words - 40%);

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Jewish Studies within a tertiary degree or equivalent; and (EDF4119 The world of Jewish education or EDF5472)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5473 Jewish studies education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Miller (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit builds on the concepts and practices introduced in EDF4117 Second language pedagogy, including discussion and application of current theories of second language acquisition. There is a recognition that ESL teaching takes place in different contexts, settings and programs, ranging from intensive on-arrival language centres to similar needs mainstream classes. Students learn to assess the language needs of English-as-a-second-language (ESL) and non-English speaking background (NESB) learners. Students also use a variety of different approaches to develop their own materials and teaching activities to meet the diverse language, cultural and educational needs of these learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access and develop materials and teaching activities which meet the diverse needs of ESL and NESB learners
  2. plan engaging lessons and units of work using language-related goals and objectives
  3. assess the language needs of ESL and NESB learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. evaluate the effectiveness of various ESL programs
  6. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of ESL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community
  7. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of ESL and NESB learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded Pass Grade Only (PGO); Assessment task 1: Part 1: An annotated bibliography (1,000 words; 25%) (Objectives 1, 2, 7); Part 2: An evaluation of curriculum documents and/or ESL programs (1,000 words; 25%) (Objectives 1, 5); Assessment task 2: A unit of work (2,000 words; 50%) (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Applicants must have a high level of proficiency in both spoken and written English (Some English and/or Linguistics at tertiary level is desirable), and (EDF4117 English language and literacy education or EDF 5448)

Co-requisites

Students must be enrolled simultaneously in a professional experience unit(s).

Prohibitions

EDF5449 English as a second language (ESL) education B


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kim Davies (Gippsland); Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton)

Synopsis

The emphasis in the unit is on the nature of the curriculum as it is enacted in the classroom and its connection to whole-school, community practices and global concerns including philosophical, moral and political dimensions. The implications of connecting the curriculum in order to address a variety of concerns relate to the professionalism of the educator, her pedagogy and assessment practices. In association with the practicum, students are required to critically evaluate, apply and imagine curriculum ideas that enable teachers to teach in educative settings. The unit will draw on contemporary curriculum developments internationally and in Australia including: nationalising the curriculum, who actually controls the curriculum, making the curriculum educative, curriculum integration, and community-based curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, pre-service students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical perspective on historical and contemporary curriculum ideas;
  2. understand the notion of an educative curriculum and be able to critique the notion of the disciplines and inter-disciplinary studies;
  3. understand the implications of the philosophical and political dimensions of the curriculum and how these impact pedagogical and assessment practices; and
  4. apply these understandings by constructing a robust critique of a current curriculum practice.

Assessment

Two written assignments 2 x 50% (equivalent to 2000 words each).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Synopsis

One in four learners in Australian schools comes from a home where the main language is other than English. If these learners are to experience equal educational opportunities and achieve equal educational outcomes, they need support in their language and literacy development and an environment that is conducive to their learning across all subject areas. This unit aims to provide mainstream subject teachers with the appropriate skills to meet the needs of non-English speaking background learners through developing an understanding of the language-related needs of these learners and of ways of meeting these needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, pre-service students should be able to:

  1. enhance understandings of the language-related needs of learners from non-English speaking backgrounds and of ways of meeting those needs
  2. develop awareness of approaches to learning materials and teaching practices which take account of the diversity in cultural backgrounds and experiences of learners in all classes across the school curriculum
  3. develop collaborative working relationships between learners in different subject areas
  4. increase awareness among subject teachers of the needs of ESL learners and the ways in which subject teachers and ESL specialists can work together to meet these needs.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reading log (3000 words; 70%) and Assessment Task 2: Practical application - development of materials and pedagogical approaches (1000 words equivalent; 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg (Clayton); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for students to understand giftedness and the practices associated with gifted education from a theoretical perspective, and through the assessment tasks provides opportunities for both critically reflective appraisal and practical application of new understandings. It requires students to critically examine current understandings and practices relating to teaching highly able students from a national and international perspective. A focus of the unit is on development of differentiated curricula to engage all ability levels and gifted students in particular.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. examine their beliefs about giftedness and gifted behaviour and critique these in relation to research findings
  2. identify issues and practices associated with identification of and provision for gifted students
  3. reflect on and evaluate the theory and practice relating to pedagogical and organisational strategies associated with the field of gifted education
  4. interpret and utilise models used in a range of national and international settings to cater for gifted student
  5. explore and develop differentiated instructional strategies and curricula which challenge a range of abilities and are suitable for mainstream classrooms

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Reflective journal (3,000 words, 70%) and Assessment task 2: Practical application - a differentiated curriculum unit (1,000 words, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education

Prohibitions

EDF4241


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Anderson

Synopsis

This Unit will explore Indigenous and non-Western traditional education for both students and adults within a local and global perspective. It will support you to expand your understanding of Indigenous cultures and consider Indigenous and local forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states.
The two foci of this Unit are: first, to introduce you to education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes, and second, to situate mainstream provision of Indigenous Education in your future teaching contexts.
Of critical importance will be an examination of the positioning of Indigenous and traditional education systems within the nation state, the impact of colonisation, issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and traditional knowledge through education, and the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and traditional education systems.
By using your teaching experiences, an extensive national and international literature, an array of teaching and learning resources, and your capacity for critical analysis, you will be able to develop skills and insights into how you can engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful academic partnerships that improve academic outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this Unit students should:

  1. have an understanding of the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to education;
  2. be able to explore the role of education in nation building and the place of Indigenous and local non-Western traditional education claims within nation building;
  3. become aware of issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and non-Western traditional knowledge through education;
  4. identify the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and non-Western traditional education systems; and
  5. be able to use this knowledge when developing your pedagogical approach, Indigenous educational content in your area of expertise, appropriate assessment tasks and a robust evaluation framework to improve your professional practice.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50%, Title: Indigenous Education Project and Curriculum Initiative; and Assessment task 2: (equivalent 2,000 words): 50% Title: Assessment task 2: Photographic and reflective journal.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education, BAL & D or by special permission.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

The unit explores the growing emphasis on developing capacity in the workplace as a key platform of vocational education and training policy reform in Australia and overseas in recent decades. The unit will draw on workplace learning as it manifests within school curriculum as well as the ways in which teachers experience this in the school as workplace. Students will be introduced to the rationale for the introduction of vocational curriculums in schools and their connection to curriculum programs within them.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the social and economic rationale for the emphasis on vocational learning curriculums in schools
  2. critically evaluate the implications of vocational learning and competency-based curriculum on teaching and learning in schools
  3. identify the implications of such curriculums for developing workplace learning in schools and other settings
  4. locate the school as a site of workplace change and workplace learning and explore the role of schools with respect that change and that learning.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Critical evaluation of a vocational curriculum in schools (2000 words, 50%); and Assessment task 2: Reflection and analysis on workplace learning (equivalent 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 (max) contact hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise McLean

Synopsis

This unit aims to increase student's understanding of human development across the lifespan through the study of biological, perceptual, cognitive, personality, social and emotional changes from infancy to adulthood. Deviations from normal development will be covered within the field of developmental psychopathology. The content of the unit will reflect the view that human behaviour throughout life is multiply determined by the interaction of both environmental and constitutional influences, and the context in which development occurs. Through student presentations and class discussion, students will be introduced to a number of current topics and contrasting developmental theories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired knowledge of the contemporary research, theoretical and applied issues in developmental psychology;
  2. developed the skills necessary to critically appraise the current developmental literature and theories;
  3. gained an appreciation of the value of informed group discussion in evaluating psychological research and ideas; and
  4. further develop their oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Presentation of discussion paper (2,000 words equivalent): 35%, Essay related to discussion paper topic (2,000 words): 40%, Participation in class discussion (25%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hrs per week (one 2 hr lecture per week)

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology.

Prohibitions

PSY4512


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Boyle

Synopsis

The program includes a review of the important legislation for psychologists, professional organisations for psychologists, ethics committees and codes of professional conduct. It addresses issues of privacy, confidentiality, privilege, and informed consent, professional responsibility in relation to competence, dual relationships and conflicts of interest, the role of the psychologist in court, ethical issues raised by having children as clients, ethical issues in the use of psychological tests, ethical issues in the provision of psychological services to people from a different cultural background, managing the suicidal client, ethical issues in reporting child abuse, the prediction of dangerousness, ethical issues pertaining to service delivery over the internet and by email, and the ethics and responsibilities of supervision. Students will pursue a program of readings and assignments which direct attention to ethical, legal and social issues involved in psychological practice. These issues will cover relevant legislation, APS and other codes of professional conduct for psychologists, registration requirements, and some social ramifications of psychological practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Understand the purpose of legislation relating to the practice of psychology and how to comply with such legislation, appreciate the role of ethics in maintaining the integrity and cohesiveness of the profession;
  2. Become familiar with the ethical principles to be adhered to in psychological practice;
  3. Understand the psychologist's responsibilities in relation to clients;
  4. Develop an appreciation of appropriate professional behaviour in a number of potentially complex situations;
  5. Develop decision making strategies to assist in the maintenance of ethical conduct.

Assessment

Essay on a contemporary issue in professional practice (40%); Class presentation of ethical issues (20%); and Examination (Ethical and Legal issues) (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week (one 2 hour lecture per week)

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology.

Prohibitions

PSY4504


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kate Jacobs

Synopsis

The unit will provide students with a theoretical overview of individual differences and how these may be assessed. The course of study will include the theoretical background to the development of classes of tests, detailed examination of a range of models of human ability, and other individual difference issues. The different approaches to the design and construction of personality assessment tools will also be addressed. Test evaluation methods and a review of recent trends in test development theory will also be covered. The unit will also cover the administration, scoring and interpretation of a range of psychological tests and classification tools.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a sound knowledge of the theoretical and historical basis of test development, particularly in relation to measures of ability and personality;
  2. Be able to decide on the appropriate assessment procedures necessary to undertake specific psychological classification;
  3. Possess the basic skills necessary to summarise the findings of psychological assessments in the form of a professional report;
  4. Appreciate the limitations of psychological assessment tools and how they can be misused.

Assessment

Weekly online quizzes (400 words equivalent): 10%, Psychological report (3000 words): 65%, and Exam (600 words equivalent): 25%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 Hours per week (One 2-hour lecture per week)

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

PSY4503


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Angelika Anderson

Synopsis

This unit will focus on the principles and procedures of applied behaviour analysis in changing human behaviour. A range of behaviour change procedures to establish new behaviours, to increase desirable behaviours, and decrease undesirable behaviours will be studied. The characteristics of functional analysis as a bridge between effective assessment and intervention procedures will be considered. This unit will also introduce the basic issues in developing behaviour modification programs to change one's own behaviour: a process called self-management.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have a clear understanding of the basic principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis including their application to establish new behaviours, increase desired behaviours, and diminish inappropriate behaviours. Students will also have gained applied knowledge and skills of observational systems and experimental design used in single subject research, considered key theoretical issues surrounding behavioural modification, and acquired a greater understanding of the social, legal and ethical context of behavioural treatment.

Assessment

Class test (equivalent to 450 words); 10 %; Case Study (1,800 words): 40%; and Essay (2,250 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 Hours per week (One 2 hour lecture per week)

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

PSY4513


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit covers all aspects of the conduct of research. Students undertake a study program in statistics and research design and under the guidance of a staff member plan an independent research project. This project involves designing research in relation to previous work on the topic of the study, gaining ethical approval for data collection or use of data, data gathering, data entry and analysis using appropriate statistical techniques or methodologies, and the preparation of a research report and a literature review according to the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. appreciate the role of scientific research in the field of psychology,
  2. describe, apply and evaluate the different research methods used by psychologists,
  3. describe the strategies and processes involved in program evaluation,
  4. Understand how to evaluate the validity of research conclusions,
  5. collect, analyse and interpret data related to their independent research project,
  6. correctly apply the appropriate statistical methods for designs commonly encountered in psychological research,
  7. identify ethical issues that can arise in research in psychology and how these are to be addressed,
  8. use an appropriate statistical package for analysing research data, such as the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS),
  9. produce an assessable research project in a format consistent with the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA); and
  10. produce a literature review to an acceptable standard on the topic of their search.

Assessment

Research proposal - oral presentation (hurdle requirement).
One two-hour short answer and multiple choice exam (held in Semester 1) and two short answer assignments (semester 1) on all topics covered in the statistics and research design program(15%) and a research project written in APA format, and presented as a report for assessment. The report should include a substantial literature review and may take the final form of a traditional thesis of 9000-12000 words (85%) or a literature review of 4000-5000 words (25%) accompanied by a report of the research presented in the format of a peer-reviewed scientific journal article of 5000-7000 words (60%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week (1 x 2hr weekly lectures and fortnightly tutorials in Semester One). Each student also plans, carries out and writes up an individual research project under the supervision of a staff member. In conjunction with this, students undertake an extensive literature review in the area of their research. The research is conducted over two semesters.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of intervention models/theories used in counselling psychology and the assumptions on which they are based. Students will examine the theoretical bases of two approaches in depth.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to

  1. describe the origins and relevant current developments in counselling psychology
  2. develop the effective use of basic counselling skills
  3. describe relevant major psychotherapies
  4. understand the issues concerning efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapies.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (2000 words): 50% ; Class Presentation (2000 words equivalent) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • reflect on how resources can help to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their peers, supervising teachers and University mentor on their development as effective teachers;
  • develop a range of teaching approaches to encourage effective student engagement and learning.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

1. Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
2. Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4730 Professional experience 1A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, which includes professional experience in schools, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • develop and reflect on strategies that demonstrate empathy, positive regard for, and rapport with students;
  • regard all students as capable of learning and demonstrate an understanding of and commitment to equity in their practice;
  • identify the prior knowledge, the learning strengths and weaknesses of students, and other factors which impact on learning;
  • develop and reflect on strategies that acknowledge and cater for diverse cultural, religious and socio-economic factors influencing students.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B together require 25 days of placement

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 Professional experience 1A and EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 1B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4731 Professional experience 1B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4733 Professional experience 2A.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will draw on their developing theoretical and practical understandings of the learning/teaching context in order to:

  • link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice;
  • become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments;
  • be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning;
  • reflect on and respond to advice from their supervisor teacher and University staff
  • develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents;
  • utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments;
  • undertake a range of teacher responsibilities; and
  • develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

(1) Satisfactory completion of supervised Practicum Program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 Professional experience 2A and EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
(2) Practicum Experience Portfolio Part 2B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4734 Professional experience 2B.
All assessment is Pass Grade Only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4840).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4839).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4839 Accounting education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4401 Accounting education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4842).

Synopsis

This unit prepares pre-service teachers to teach biology in secondary schools as a specialist in Years 11 and 12 and in the junior years 7 to 10. The unit draws upon a constructivist theory of learning to explore the most appropriate ways of encouraging students to build their conceptual understandings of biological concepts. Linked to this, students will develop a range of pedagogical approaches in teaching biology. Importantly, pre-service teachers will be introduced to appropriate curricula (Years 7 to 12) so that they are confident in linking their teaching to the curriculum in preparation for the classroom. Throughout the unit students will be challenged to consider the key issues impacting biology education and how they might address them in their teaching. Students will be encouraged to think critically about teaching biology and recognise the importance of reflecting upon their own practice.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. articulate and apply their understanding of a constructivist perspective of learning in biology.
  2. understand and apply state and national curricula in biology and their implications for planning teaching and learning
  3. link the everyday world of the learner with biology in ways that are meaningful and relevant
  4. demonstrate an awareness of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in teaching biology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (e.g. genetics, human biology, microbiology, botany and zoology)

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4841).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the foundational unit providing pre-service teachers with further opportunities to explore and develop their pedagogical practices in biology. In particular students will consider the importance and value of investigations and fieldwork in teaching biology along with the possibililties offered by a range of online electronic resources. Pre-service teachers will consider the types and ranges of assessment in biology. An important component of this unit will be an increased focus on the need for biology teachers to think critically about their own practice and the degree to which it enhances the learning opportunities for all students. The valuable role of ongoing professional learning as one becomes part of the teaching profession will also be considered.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate confidence and skill in linking biology learning to the needs of learners in diverse contexts
  2. devise and implement a variety of assessment procedures to promote learning in biology
  3. plan and implement fieldwork for students that support learning in biology
  4. plan and implement investigations for students that support learning in biology
  5. engage in critical reflection as a professional teacher and understand contemporary trends in practice and research at the national and international level.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4841 Biology education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4402 Biology education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4844).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Two minor sequences selected from: business management/management studies, human resource management, and/or marketing.

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4843).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will futher their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4843 Business management education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4427 Business management education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4848).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build ICT skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry education
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research assignment: learning and teaching chemistry (2000 words 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning log (2000 words 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study in non-placement weeks and an additional intensive contact session.

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in chemistry or biochemistry

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Deborah Corrigan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4847).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon EDF4847 in preparing students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). Pre-service teachers continue to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. An awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding will be explored. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build ICT skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be explored further. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences, social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Chemistry education portfolio (2000 words 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Chemistry curriculum research project (2000 words 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study in non-placement weeks and an additional intensive contact session.

Prerequisites

EDF4847 Chemistry education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4403 Chemistry education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4852).

Synopsis

This is a secondary methods study unit which addresses the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to introduce students to the skills and understandings of drama education and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. take a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. begin to understand and critically interpret relevant curriculum documents
  3. plan purposefully for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. begin to understand and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. begin to enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. begin to adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Collaborative tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent average of 2 - 3 contact hours per week to be delivered in a variety of modes, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in drama, performance studies (drama) or theatrical theatre studies (including practical drama)

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4851).

Synopsis

This is a secondary methods study unit which addresses the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to develop students' skills and understandings as drama educators and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. refine a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. critically implement the requirements of relevant curriculum documents
  3. independently plan for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. design and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Performance tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent average of 2 - 3 contact hours per week to be delivered in a variety of modes, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4851 Drama education in the secondary years A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4404 Drama education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4854).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, Enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on the debates and professional conversations about the role and importance of economics education in the secondary school curriculum in order to develop understandings related to their beliefs and their identity in regard to the subject economics and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  3. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  5. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  6. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics education (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities related to the teaching of a topic selected from post-compulsory economics curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in economics

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4853).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to further develop and extend the learning undertaken in EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A . Students will continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. They will acquire knowledge and understanding of the nature and purpose of assessment, designing assessments that are puroposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students.Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are further familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies' teaching and learning resources
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A learning and teaching plan including reflection (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4405 Economics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Miller

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4856).

Synopsis

This unit prepares student teachers for the teaching of English as an additional language (EAL) to the full range of non-English speaking background students, including recently arrived students with limited English language skills, international students and others in a range of EAL contexts. It looks at the nature of English and the theory and principles of second language pedagogy, along with factors having an impact on teaching and learning. Attention is paid to the sociocultural contexts of learning and the need for sensitivity to linguistic and cultural diversity in schools. With reference to current curriculum documents, policy and assessment protocols, pre-service teachers will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate lessons to meet those needs, and to select and adapt materials to work effectively to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills and students will complete weekly activities to prepare for the placement, including the use of technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access, adapt and develop materials and teaching activities and critically evaluate resources which meet the diverse needs and identities of EAL learners
  2. plan engaging lessons using communicative objectives and activities
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of EAL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Case study of an EAL learner (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Annotated lesson plan (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in linguistics or a second language (i.e. not the teacher's first language)

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Miller

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4855).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the contextual and pedagogical knowledge about EAL teaching from EDF4855. Students will link theory and practice with a view to deepening their competence to teach EAL in a range of settings, including intensive new arrival programs, EAL support programs in the mainstream, EAL programs targeting international students and team-teaching (where ESL teaching is taught in cooperation with a mainstream subject teacher). The course will cover all aspects of ESL teaching in a secondary setting, including VCE. In relation to the particular context, students will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate units of work to meet those needs, adapt and create course materials and work effectively as part of a whole school program to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Select, adapt and generate materials and activities relevant to student need based on assessment
  2. plan engaging units of work linked to curriculum and best practice
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners informally and formally
  4. critically evaluate EAL resources for classroom use
  5. use the diversity of EAL learners as a resource to plan for multilevel classes
  6. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues and the community to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of EAL learners.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Annotated bibliography of curriculum materials (1500 words, 40%)
Assessment Task 2: Development of a unit of work (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4855 English as an additional language (EAL) education in the secondary years A or EDF4117 Second language pedagogy

Prohibitions

EDF4429 English as a second language (ESL) education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4858).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to develop their skills and knowledge in planning and implementing curriculum materials in the area of English language. Students also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses (including those involving ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people across a range of curriculum areas and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in theory and practice of English literacy education. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and on exciting innovations in English education, in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into, and develop, their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A critical autobiographical narrative, drawing in part on a practicum experience (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A collaboratively designed unit of work focused on writing (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in English (literature or literary studies), or a minor sequence in writing, English language studies or linguistics together with a part in English (literature or literary studies)

Prohibitions

EDF4112 English language and literacy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Clayton); Professor Simone White (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4857).

Synopsis

Building on EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A, this unit extends pre-service students' capacities, as they continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to plan and implement appropriate curriculum in the area of English language. They also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses (including those involving ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people in school and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in theory and practice of English literacy education, with a particular focus on senior English curriculums. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education, in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into, and develop, their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching English in schools and other settings, and
  8. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for teaching a diverse range of students in schools, and collaboratively plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative piece focusing on an experience of teaching writing on a practicum (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Design of innovative curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A or EDF4112 English language and literacy education

Prohibitions

EDF4406 English education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Rebecca Cooper

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4860).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching, and focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in science education classrooms.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Research report (1000 words, 25%),
Assessment Task 1B: Interview and lessson Plan (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 3: Classroom Presentation (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in general science and a minor sequence in one of biology, chemistry, earth science (geology), environmental science or physics together with a part in another of these areas of study

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Rebecca Cooper (Clayton); Dr Stephen Keast (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4859).

Synopsis

This unit broadens students thinking about learning and teaching science by introducing them to ways of engaging learners in real world science. It provides students with the opportunity to develop their planning and teaching skills and emphasises the importance of reflection and continual development of teaching practice. This unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, this unit reinforces a view that learning and teaching science is more about creating a scientifically literate community than it is about content and correct answers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  2. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  3. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  4. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Class Presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4859 General science education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4420 Science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Wendy Sykes

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4862).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current approaches and trends in geography education, nationally and internationally, and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in geography. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, policies, activities and forms of assessment for geography education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. understand the scope and purpose of school geography
  3. respond to current ideas about how students learn geography and apply them in their geography classes
  4. plan, resource, teach and assess geography lessons and activities
  5. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  6. understand the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Lesson planning sequence (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation on teaching resources (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in geography

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Wendy Sykes

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4861).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current trends and approaches in geography education, through a focus on the uses and applications of fieldwork, ICTs, personal geographies, environmental and sustainabilty education, and civics and citzenship education. Students will be expected to critically examine school geography drawing on a range of national and international perspectives on geography curriculum, resources and assessment, and on learners of diverse backgrounds and abilities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. respond to current ideas about the scope and purpose of school geography and apply them in their geography classes, e.g. in relation to ICTs, sustainability, citizenship, personal geographies
  3. plan, resource, teach and assess geography field activities
  4. effectively design geography education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills
  5. understand further the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Geography fieldwork guide (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Preparation of a teaching unit (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4407 Geography education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Day); Mr David MacDonald (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4864).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci:

  1. to explore human development content and curriculum in the school context
  2. to develop teaching and learning skills including ethical knowledge for teaching health to years 11 and 12.

Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in health and health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  3. design units of study pertaining to health education for students in Years 11 and 12.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A collaboratively designed health education unit of work for secondary school students (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence study covering the areas of health, human development, family and nutrition

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms TerriAnne Philpott (Day); Mr David MacDonald (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4863).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci:

  1. to explore new technologies for health education in the school context.
  2. to develop teaching and learning skills for teaching health across the school curriculum.

Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health and how this can be addressed across the curriculum. It also addresses teaching models related to experiential education and how this can support health educators to set up health promoting school programs that support individuals throughout their lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of pedagogy in health education
  2. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in health education
  3. explore the use of health informatics through multi-media.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2 Open-book take-home examination (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4863 Health education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4409 Health education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4866).

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service teachers to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of an integrated program in either Australian or overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit is practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores: pre-service teachers' personal philosophies and latest research on why to teach and learn about the past; multiple definitions of 'historical literacy'; Australian Curriculum cross-curriculum priorities and general capabilities; Australian Curriculum: History and how it has been implemented by different government and other education authorities; civics and citizenship education and values education imperatives; strategies for engaging and purposeful lesson-planning and delivery; 'teaching by the textbook and the website'; teacher-directed as well as student-centred questioning; English language proficiency and assisting students for whom English is another language when 'reading and writing' about the past; preparations for school placement; and, introductions to inquiry methodology, Gardner's 'multiple intelligences', Bloom's 'taxonomy' and de Bono's 'six thinking hats'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. begin to develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. begin to locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. begin to articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology, and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. begin to cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  5. begin to develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of waysincluding creatively and collaboratively
  6. begin to facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. begin to develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: History lesson learning sequence (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: History in the media: class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour workshop per week, plus approximately 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in history

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4865).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A and continues to develop pre-service teachers' understandings and skills with regard to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of integrated programs in either Australianor overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit continues to be practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores: advanced teaching, learning and assessment strategies with emphases on 'viewing', 'listening to' and 'visiting' sources of the past; important history education resource providers at state/territory, national and international levels; studies of Asia, Indigenous and sustainability imperatives; religious studies and their connections with history education; unit planning and delivery; Victorian Certificate of Education histories and/or Australian Curriculum: History 'senior years' documents; securing employment as history/humanities school teachers or educators in non-school history education settings; history disciplinary or education professional communities that advocate and work for high quality history education experiences for students as well as educators; and, strategies for responding effectively to curriculum priorities and developments as they arise.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  6. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: History resource guide (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: History unit outline (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2.5-hour workshop per week, plus approximately 10 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4408 History education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4868).

Synopsis

This unit enables students to understand the scope of information and communication technology (ICT) education in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). It provides students with opportunities to develop their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT with a particular emphasis on the junior levels in secondary schools. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope of the ICT curriculum across secondary school levels
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the junior levels at school
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10
  4. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT
  5. identify current ideas about how students learn and some implications for their ICT classes
  6. understand the role of ICT both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. identify professional learning needs through critical reflection of practicum experiences
  8. critically engage with issues and debates surrounding ICT in education, including health, ethical and legal implications.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%)
Assessment Task 2: Portfolio of resources for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in information technology

Prohibitions

EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4867)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with opportunities to continue developing their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT but with a particular emphasis on senior levels in secondary schooling. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy. The unit also considers how we can sustain professional learning and the role of the ICT teacher more broadly in the school and in shaping policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the senior levels at school
  2. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  3. engage with current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their ICT classes
  4. develop ways in which ICT can support teaching and learning across the school curriculum, including engagement with parents/carers and the wider school community
  5. develop strategies to identify and meet ongoing professional learning needs
  6. engage with professional networks and participate in conversations and debates pertinent to ICT education
  7. understand the instrumental role ICT teachers can take in schools including professional learning of colleagues, management of technical services, and strategic planning.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%),
Assessment Task 2: A sustainable system of engaging critically with resources, policy and networks for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4867 Information and communication technology education in the secondary years A or EDF4115 Information, communication technologies and new media

Prohibitions

EDF4410 Information technology/computing education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4870).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theory and practice covering various disciplines which comprise Jewish Studies. The unit introduces students to a number of issues and themes that can help them to locate Jewish Studies in its broader global context and to appreciate the dynamics of Jewish schools and Jewish schooling. The unit also focuses on developing an understanding of various models of and approaches to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of some key issues and themes relating to the theory and practice of Jewish education
  2. critically evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to teaching Jewish Studies in particular educational contexts
  3. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular areas of Jewish Studies
  4. implement techniques and strategies and use a variety of resources to develop students' literacy, numeracy and ICT skills
  5. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  6. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons from a selection of topics and areas.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Resources assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Jewish studies within a tertiary degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF4119 The world of Jewish education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4869).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the study in Semester 1 of EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A. The primary purpose of this unit is to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that underpin the teaching and learning of the various subject areas which fall under the generic heading of Jewish Studies. This unit deals with various topics, themes and issues related to the teaching of Jewish Studies in the secondary school. In addition to various pedagogical 'hands-on' aspects of teaching Jewish Studies, the unit will also deal with issues and themes of a more philosophical or theoretical nature.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons
  2. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular Jewish Studies subjects
  3. apply information and communication technologies (ICT) to the teaching of Jewish Studies subjects
  4. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  5. appreciate the relevance of Jewish educational research to the teaching of Jewish Studies
  6. apply knowledge from other units dealing with more general aspects of educational practice to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A unit of work in Jewish Studies (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week, plus approximately 15 hours per week in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A or EDF4119 The world of Jewish education

Prohibitions

EDF4428 Jewish studies education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4872).

Synopsis

This unit involves students in close examination of current research on first and second language theories linked to principles of optimal classroom pedagogy. Students will engage with global, national and Victorian policies and curriculum and assessment frameworks, and reflect on how these impact on local decisions related to the teaching and learning of languages. Students work collaboratively to explore intercultural contexts as they are realised through interaction with a range of spoken and written texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with and apply current language curriculum and policy developments and their classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. build knowledge about current and theories and practices in Languages methodology
  4. articulate an emerging languages teaching philosophy
  5. review and utilise materials for the teaching and learning of languages.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Annotated bibliography (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to student adviser for more information).

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4871).

Synopsis

This unit invites students to utilise second language acquisition research and curriculum design techniques for constructing lessons appropriate to learners' needs. Students develop an understanding of learning strategies in order to build effective practices to inform their teaching in second language competencies. They investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how languages contribute to this educative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  2. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  3. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use.

Assessment

Case study (2000 words, 50%)
A unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4874).

Synopsis

This unit explores current, local and international research on first and second language theories linked to P-12 principles of classroom pedagogy. Students are provided with foundations for effective teaching of languages within the perspective of the P-12 continuum. Students will develop a flexible and informed approach, selecting appropriate strategies for learner's linguistic and communicative needs. While the focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, this unit links closely with research, and builds skills in the development of integrated units of work emphasising the importance of cross-curricular planning involving classroom teachers and communities of professional practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore different approaches to languages teaching across P-12 classrooms
  3. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  4. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of P-12 language learners
  5. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  6. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use in P-12 classrooms.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 : Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%),
Assessment Task 2: Annotated bibliography of multimedia languages materials (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to course adviser for more information).

Co-requisites

EDF4871 Languages education in the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4117 Second language pedagogy


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Megan Morgan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4873).

Synopsis

In this unit students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a languages program in their context and the integration of such a program within the larger P-12 school curriculum. While the focus further emphasises the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, it links closely with the research in EDF4871 and EDF4872 (Languages education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). It builds skills in the development of creating integrated units of work incorporating ICT and multimedia specific to student's languages method. Students investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how second languages contribute to this process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. further engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. further explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  4. use technology as a tool for lesson, unit and syllabus design to optimise student learning
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing units of work inclusive of multimedia materials
  6. analyse and reflect on aspects of classroom practice, including teacher and learner roles, the use of teaching materials and languages teaching technology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1 : Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work integrating ICT and multimedia. (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 3: Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4873 Languages education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4117 Second language pedagogy

Co-requisites

EDF4872 Languages education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4412 Languages other than English (LOTE) 2


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4876).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal studies and law-related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of legal and related studies (2000 words, 50%),
Assessment Task 2: The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies

Prohibitions

EDF4111 Business education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4875).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal studies and law-related studies across Years 7 to 12,
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4875 Legal studies education in the secondary years A or EDF4111 Business education

Prohibitions

EDF4413 Legal studies education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4878).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4877 and the next unit EDF4878 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both junior level (Years 7 and 10) in this unit and senior levels (Years 11 to 12) in unit EDF4878. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. plan and design lessons and units of work that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  5. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Investigative task(2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (statistics is accepted as mathematics provided it is taken within a mathematics department)

Prohibitions

EDF4116 Mathematics and numeracy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4877).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4878 and the previous unit EDF4877 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both senior level (Years 11 and 12) in this unit and junior levels (Years 7 to 10) in EDF4877. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  6. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  7. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Analysis task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4877 Mathematics education in the secondary years A or EDF4116 Mathematics and numeracy education

Prohibitions

EDF4415 Mathematics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4880).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will introduce students to current debates and trends in media education. Students critically explore the different justifications for teaching media studies in secondary schools, as well as the benefits and negatives of different approaches to teaching media studies (e.g. a more vocational, 'hands on' appproach, as opposed to a more theoretical approach). Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including representation, narrative, new media and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to evaluate media studies teaching resources and design and implement individual lessons and assessment tasks for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. effectively plan and teach media studies lessons for Years 7 to 12 and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  5. understand and implement effective assessment tasks for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Evaluation of teaching resources task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies

Prohibitions

EDF4112 English language and literacy education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Bleazby

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4879).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will further develop students' critical understandings of current trends in media education. Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including media industry, social values and the media, audience and media influence and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to design and implement sequential programs of lessons and assessment programs for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop their understanding of the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. develop sequences of lessons that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4879 Media education in the secondary years A or EDF4112 English language and literacy education

Prohibitions

EDF4416 Media education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4882).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and also considers primary school music education from the viewpoint of the specialist music educator. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on lower and middle secondary school music. The following subject EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B, will focus on senior secondary school music. It is considered appropriate to do this as many students will find themselves required to teach the majority of their first teaching placement classes in the secondary levels mentioned.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. begin to translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding ofpractical and experiential learning and its implications. for use in diverse music education situations
  4. begin to explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of curriculum and assessment in music education,
  6. begin to develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  7. begin to develop a wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice and formulate a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4881).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the key ideas and methods in teaching and learning music introduced in EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on senior secondary school music. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes and approaches to music education through reflection and evaluation of both past and new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection and analysis of pedagogical reasoning. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a performative, experiential perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in diverse music education situations
  4. develop an understanding of senior seondary curriculum and assessment in music education
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. expand their understanding of the diversity of learnings and musics experienced by their studentscolleagues and peers to inform their presentation of meaningful and engaging learning experiences
  7. acquire an understanding of holistic learning and teaching including the wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice in developing a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4417 Music education 1


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4884).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4881 and EDF4882 (Music education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). In particular, the unit explores issues and practices that surround the effective school music educator such as the establishment and management of school music departments, and the teaching, conducting and management of school performance ensembles (bands, choirs, orchestras and myriad ensemble arrangements). The unit considers the support that must be provided for all music teaching and learning in educational environments including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It focuses on the interrelationships and interdependencies between school music classroom teaching and learning and music performance practices. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these areas, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. This is particularly pertinent as most (if not all) students will already be experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. It will also reposition students as novice learners of unfamiliar instruments (classroom recorder, guitar, keyboards, etc.) to explore effective teaching and learning and to develop recognition of the importance of the vital connections between theory and practice. In addition there will be discussion of the tensions inherent in advocacy issues for music both within and beyond the school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, present and manage school music ensembles and performances
  3. develop the skills and understandings to enable them to teach class instrumental music, at all times linking theory to practice
  4. develop an understanding of the challenges of positioning music within the school and the wider community.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Co-requisites

EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4883).

Synopsis

This unit further develops the understandings of teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education.. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4883 Music education education in the secondary years 2A. In particular, the unit explores major music methodologies such as Kodaly, Dalcroze, Yamaha and Suzuki and the possible application of these methodolgies to the secondary classroom. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these methodologies, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. This experiential learning will be furthered by the students' involvement in a class musical production, the components of which will have been developed by the students themselves. Through the process of planning for, and rehearsing the production, the students will experience directly the process that their own secondary school students will experience in the preparation of a school musical production.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, manage and present a school musical production
  3. expand their understanding of experiential music teaching and learning and reflected on supporting practices that can enhance school music education
  4. develop an understanding of various crucial music education methodolgies and the skills to incorporate elements of these methodolgies in the secondary classroom
  5. expand their understanding of the diversity of strategies, pedagogies and disciplines that will inform their work as music educators.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4883 Music education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4418 Music education 2


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Alexander Prins

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4886).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12. The unit will introduce students to the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education and how these shape professional practice and student learning. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. The unit will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning, leading and teaching in outdoor education. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching outdoor education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which supports student learning and engagement
  5. critically reflect upon and evaluate their teaching experiences in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

Major study (48 credit points) in outdoor education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities. A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) is required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4885).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12 with a particular emphasis on VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies. The unit will critically introduce students to the historical basis of the outdoor education curriculum and how these shape contemporary professional practice and student learning. It will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning and teaching in outdoor education, and will be used to develop and refine their educational philosophy. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop curricula and refine their pedagogic skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education curriculum
  2. examine and justify the distinctive purposes and rationale for teaching VCE outdoor environmental studies
  3. critically reflect on their beliefs, attitudes and experiences of outdoor education with regard to developing an educational philosophy appropriate to curriculum inquiry and critique
  4. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum content appropriate for outdoor education,
  5. critically examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy that impacts upon outdoor education
  6. develop, discuss and incorporate specific assessment practices that are appropriate for outdoor education
  7. critically assess their professional readiness and needs to effectively understand and successfully implement key curriculum documents in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4885 Outdoor education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4422 Outdoor education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4888).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7 to 12. It provides students with the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education and how these have shaped and continue to shape contemporary perspectives, paradigms of practice and student learning in physical and movement culture. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching physical education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which supports student learning and engagement
  5. develop, discuss and incorporate various physical education specific assessment and reporting practices.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A major and minor sequence (total of 72 credit points) of study in physical education which should include discipline study in human movement (e.g. anatomy, physiology, exercise physiology, biomechanics, growth and motor development, skill acquisition and psycho-social aspects of physical activity), health and nutrition and study in the skill activity areas of fundamental motor skills, ball handling, dance, games, fitness education, athletics, aquatics and sport education.
A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) and current AustSwim Teacher of Swimming and Water Safety certificate are required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4887).

Synopsis

This unit builds on physical education concepts and knowledge from the previous semester. It provides students with a continuing intellectual, theoretical and practical framing of secondary physical education enabling students to become critically reflective and informed professionals. The focus for this unit will be on students consolidating their physical education specific professional knowledge and professional practice, whilst identifying and engaging in professional learning for improved practice and student learning. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum appropriate for senior physical education
  2. consolidate their understanding of professional knowledge and professional practice in physical education
  3. examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  4. develop an insight into the importance of professional learning and engagement in a changing society
  5. critically reflect and evaluate their teaching experiences in physical education in a school environment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4887 Physical education in the secondary years A or EDF4114 Health, outdoor and physical education

Prohibitions

EDF4423 Physical education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4890).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist subject in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of this first unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching physics through the continual use of critical self-reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic physics content and evidence-based teaching approaches that sucessfully facilitate student conceptual understanding. Pre-service teachers will also be encouraged to trial a wide variety of teaching strategies and to build ICT skills and techniques considered essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education, and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. demonstrate an understanding of a range of common alternate conceptions frequently held by students and encountered when teaching key physics topics.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Research report (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Interview and lessson Plan(1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2A: Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2B: Class multimedia presentation (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics (includes electronics)

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4889).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the second unit is to assist pre-service teachers to develop their capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate teaching strategies, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students.The unit also aims to build an awareness and confidence in each pre-service teacher to design a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of their students to achieve the intended learning objectives of the local senior physics curriculum framework. Pre-service teachers will also research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a senior physics topic and critally reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education, and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement
  5. access and employ a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the success of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the lesson and physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1A: Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 1B: Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment Task 2: Preparation of a unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2-3 hours contact plus approximately 7 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4889 Physics education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4419 Physics education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4892).

Synopsis

This unit explores the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It encourages students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at senior level (Years 11 and 12) and younger (Years 7 to 10), including within the science domain and links to other domains such as health and humanities. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology, and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate ICT to suit the school context and the student's learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Alternative conceptions (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

EDF4113 General science education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4891).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A as it continues to explore the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It continues to encourage students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and psychology's place within secondary schools and focuses more on electronic assessment, debate, learning spaces and information technologies this semester. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology, and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate ICT to suit the school context and the student's learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A or EDF4113 General science education

Prohibitions

EDF4424 Psychology education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton); Dr Niranjan Casinader (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4894).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum, including civics and citizenship, history, geography, politics, international studies, sociology, cultural studies, studies of Asia, and sustainability that are taught in diverse ways in schools. Students will also critically examine relevant state and national curriculum documents.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Annotated bibliography of teaching resources (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in a social science area, eg anthropology, cultural studies, economics, environmental studies, geography, history , legal studies, philosophy, politics, sociology, together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4118 Social and environmental education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton); Dr Niranjan Casinader (Gippsland)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4893).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum. Students will also critically examine national curriculum documents and explore examples of social education internationally, to prepare them to be teachers in other global contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia and internationally
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12, in either Australian or another global curriculum
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A or EDF4118 Social and environmental education

Prohibitions

EDF4421 Social education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4896).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop skills in lesson planning and to confidently approach their initial pre-service classroom experiences. It builds understanding of the ways in which visual art and design pedagogy can be considered in practical terms, and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art and design teacher. The emphasis is on exploring classroom practice and curriculum design, offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art and design curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Unit of work (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4895).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers, and their impact for conceptions of student experience.The unit takes students into a deeper experience of curriculum theory especially as it has developed through reform of the dominant curriculum models in the visual arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply concepts drawn from discipline-based art education (DBAE) and other relevant curriculum models, with critical theoretical and conceptual issues, to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A or EDF4110 Arts education

Prohibitions

EDF4425 Visual art education 1


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF4898).

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service art teachers with a heightened sense of the connections between the knowledge disciplines which inform visual art curriculum. It enables students to build skills around the development of art historical and art critical knowledge, such as research and unit preparation. The tasks involved in this unit will also enable students to learn about museum activities and the design of museum experiences for secondary school art and design students. The unit provides a rudimentary introduction to art historiography and pedagogical strategies relevant to art history and art criticism that lead students back to studio practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to discipline-based knowledge in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate art historical and art critical tasks
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for museum education in the visual arts and design fields
  4. identify important pedagogical strategies in visual art and design
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Research task (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Co-requisites

EDF4895 Visual art and design education for the secondary years 1A

Prohibitions

EDF4110 Arts education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF4897).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers, and their impact for conceptions of student experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand relevant structural issues to curriculum evaluation in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate assessment mechanisms in visual art and design
  3. consider conceptual problems relevant to the challenge of aesthetic education
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A or EDF4110 Arts education

Co-requisites

EDF4896 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1B

Prohibitions

EDF4426 Visual art education 2


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the first of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

This unit must be a Corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the first of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a Corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the third of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a Corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the fifth of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a Corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Geoff White

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the fifth of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 5 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 5 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 5 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a Corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Geoff White

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the sixth of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 5 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Hurdle task: satisfactory completion of 5 days of supervised professional placement

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 5 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a co-requisite with at least 12 credit points in the MTeach (Secondary),
[for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Evan Ortlieb

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the first of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements Manual.

Fieldwork

10 days placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement - Pass Grade Only

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Primary)
[i.e., at least one of EDF5702, EDF5703, EDF5704, EDF5705, EDF5807, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Evan Ortlieb

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the second of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements Manual.

Fieldwork

10 days placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement - pass grade only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Primary)
[i.e., at least one of EDF5702, EDF5703, EDF5704, EDF5705, EDF5807, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Brubaker

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the third of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements Manual.

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement - pass grade only.

Contact hours

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Primary)
[i.e., at least one of EDF5702, EDF5703, EDF5704, EDF5705, EDF5807, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Brubaker

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the fourth of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements Manual.

Fieldwork

15 days placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement - pass grade only

Contact hours

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Primary)
[i.e., at least one of EDF5702, EDF5703, EDF5704, EDF5705, EDF5807, EDF5809]


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Mike Askew

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the fifth of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements Manual.

Fieldwork

15 days placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement - pass grade only

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Primary)
[i.e., at least one of EDF5702, EDF5703, EDF5704, EDF5705, EDF5807, EDF5809]


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paddy O'Toole (first semester); Associate Professor Jane Southcott (second semester)

Synopsis

Students design and execute an individual research project in an area broadly related to education with appropriate supervision. The project investigates an issue of significance and includes a critical review of relevant academic and research literature, an appropriate explication of a methodological position and/or analysis of empirical data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. locate a research concern within a relevant body of academic scholarship,
  2. review a particular field and identify implications for research,
  3. focus a research project on selected research methodologies,
  4. use research processes with due regard to ethical procedures and academic conventions; and
  5. demonstrate a capacity to engage in reflective, critical discussion of the relevant research area.

Assessment

Research report (12,000 words, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
Students will meet one-on-one with supervisors and attend group supervision sessions as required
(b.) Additional requirements (all students):
Independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester

Co-requisites

EDF6009 Special topic in research


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the role and nature of mathematics in schools and develops in students a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching. It investigates how numeracy is explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum and the impact of international testing of numeracy/mathematics teaching.
Students develop knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in school mathematics, informed by educational research and policy, both locally and internationally. They examine how mathematical learning might be facilitated by the appropriate harnessing of learning technologies and calculators, and the impact of affective (eg motivation and engagement) and sociocultural (eg socioeconomic status, ethnicity) factors.
This unit addresses current understandings and practices related to differentiated curricula that engage students with diverse intellectual, emotional and social abilities. It also examines the cognitive mechanisms that relate to learning disabilities, and to gifted/talented learning. Students also further develop the personal numeracy required to critically engage with data about schooling and education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. extend their understanding of key concepts in primary school mathematics and numeracy teaching, including the difference between numeracy and mathematics
  2. understand the diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational settings and demonstrate how this is linked to student motivation, engagement and achievement
  3. examine personal assumptions about teaching and learning, reflecting upon contemporary discussions in the research, professional and societal communities
  4. plan for effective teaching that supports children's learning
  5. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning using a range of techniques
  6. use and integrate learning technologies (including calculators, interactive whiteboards and tablets) in teaching
  7. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  8. describe key principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning and how these relate to mathematics and numeracy across the curriculum
  9. develop personal numeracy and statistical literacy

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Annotated bibliography (2000 words, 25%)
Assessment task 2: Lesson planning task (2000 words, 25%)
Assessment task 3: Annotated bibliography (2000 words, 25%)
Assessment task 4: Lesson planning task (2000 words, 25%)

Contact hours

Contact: equivalent to an average of 2 hours per week; Self-directed study: approx 10 hours per week.

Prohibitions

EDF5713 Mathematics, numeracy and learner engagement A and EDF5714 Mathematics, numeracy and learner engagement B


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Module 1: Creativity and the arts
Module 1 explores a range of pedagogical approaches to teaching and learning in the arts, and critically examines current theoretical perspectives in the arts and arts education research.
Students develop their competencies and involvement in a range of art forms, such as visual art, music, dance, drama, media and literature, and in doing so gain an understanding of the content, processes and skills as they relate to children's development and learning in the arts.
The module involves planning and implementation of a range of arts learning experiences for children, including a focus on integrating the arts across the curriculum. A focal point of the unit will be on nurturing student creativity and critical thinking skills and developing their self-efficacy as teachers of the arts.
Module 2: Physical education, health, wellbeing and sustainable environments
Module 2 examines the health and wellbeing of people, places and communities locally and globally and critically examines theoretical perspectives related to health and wellbeing.
Students explore a range of pedagogical and theoretical approaches to teaching and learning in health, physical and environmental education with the express purpose of providing for the wellbeing of both teachers and learners in a variety of educational and community settings.
The module focuses on the content, processes and skills of health and wellbeing, physical education and environmental sustainability using cross-disciplinary approaches, and develops students' competency and confidence in providing developmentally appropriate and fundamental movement activities leading to physical education and health promotion in outdoor and indoor learning environments.
The module will also provide the opportunity to explore different lenses for making sense of our world and expressing differing viewpoints drawing upon students' experiences across these two modules.
Both modules address issues related to information and communication technologies, sustainability, inclusion and diversity in teaching through experiential tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of recent trends and curriculum in arts education and physical education, health and wellbeing across educational environments both within Australia and internationally,
  2. plan and implement learning experiences that focus on the arts, and on movement, environment and community in outdoor and indoor settings, and which cater for children of diverse backgrounds and abilities and draw on a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies,
  3. develop units of work that include a focus on integrating the arts across the curriculum including connections between the arts, literacies and information and communication technologies,
  4. explore and develop their own arts skills and pedagogical practices in the arts,
  5. explore and develop their own strategies for health and wellbeing for their future in the teaching profession,
  6. identify, evaluate and interpret a range of relevant curriculum documents and resources for teaching the arts, and health and wellbeing,
  7. apply a variety of assessment approaches including observation, creation of and participation in collaborative project, and
  8. identify and work with the concept of 'community' and community-based resources for the development of educational sustainability.

Assessment

Module 1: Collaborative arts education project (equivalent 4000 words, 50%)
Module 2: Curriculum development and evaluation task (equivalent 4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

Contact: Equivalent to an average of 3 hrs per week; private study 21 hrs per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the role and nature of literacy education in schools and aims to develop a critical understanding of the inter-relationships of policy initiatives and directives with educational practices in schools and the community.
Students explore the interface between home and school literacy practices, within the context of a socially and culturally diverse world influenced by technological change, international testing of literacy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO). The unit also critically examines Australia's national, state and local policies and practices, including professional standards, curriculum and assessment. Students also enhance their personal literacies to communicate effectively as members of the teaching profession.
The unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology. It emphasises the place of literacy in the development of autonomous and lifelong learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify and critically examine a range of theoretical perspectives on literacies and literacy learning,
  2. explore and develop students' own literacy skills and pedagogical practices,
  3. assess, plan and implement effective and inclusive literacy practices for a diverse range of learners to enhance reading, writing and oral language,
  4. plan learning experiences which reflect the complex nature of literacy teaching and learning in an increasingly diverse social and cultural world influenced by rapid technological and social change,
  5. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies,
  6. examine a range of education policy issues and dilemmas for educators in contemporary local, national and global contexts and their implications for educators, and
  7. reflect critically on their personal beliefs and practices and their relationship to current educational policy debates.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay (1500 words, 20%)
Assessment task 2: Planning task (2500 words equivalent, 30%)
Assessment task 3: Digital resource (2000 words equivalent, 25%)
Assessment task 4: Planning task (2000 words, equivalent, 25%)

Contact hours

Contact: equivalent to an average of 2 hours per week; Self-directed study: approx 10 hours per week over the full year

Prohibitions

EDF5711 English, literacies and policy contexts A and EDF5712 English, literacies and policy contexts B


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Niranjan Casinader (Gippsland); Dr Nathan Brubaker (Peninsula)

Synopsis

Module 1: Science and technology
Module 1 examines key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science and technology with children, with emphasis on developing children's skills of working scientifically, designing and making products.
Students are introduced to a range of appropriate curriculum documents and a variety of teaching strategies used in schools including planning lessons, implementing, monitoring learning and reporting.
The module addresses important conceptual ideas and processes about embedding science and technology into classroom learning, understanding science as a human endeavour and the differences in learning progressions in science and technology.
Module 2: Humanities and social sciences
This module examines how school students can learn to understand the world through history, economics, geography and citizenship education and through cross-cultural and multi-disciplinary lenses on the world. This includes understandings of the range of cultural experiences within both Australian and global communities.
Students also engage with theoretical, philosophical, pedagogical viewpoints and assessment strategies that address issues related to the themes of Indigenous Australia, environmental sustainability, and Asia and the world.
The module develops understanding of how educators can embrace diversity and teach for social justice, and how events shape our societies and places within them.
The module will also provide the opportunity to explore different lenses for making sense of our world drawing upon students' experiences across these two modules.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this student, students should be able to:

  1. understand how students learn and develop understanding in science and technology, the humanities and social sciences,
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts and structure of the content and diverse teaching strategies including working scientifically, designing and making products,
  3. demonstrate understanding of discipline-based and interdisciplinary learning in the humanities and social sciences,
  4. plan lesson sequences in science and technology, the humanities and social sciences, using knowledge of student learning, content and effective teaching strategies and a range of resources, including information and communication technology,
  5. demonstrate the capacity to monitor, assess and interpret student learning in ways that acknowledge and engage with diversity and diverse learners using a variety of assessment methods, and modify teaching practices appropriately,
  6. develop understanding of democratic practice and equity in communities,
  7. show socio-cultural awareness and positive views of students from diverse backgrounds,
  8. understand the ways in which historical, economic, geographical, political cross-cultural and multi-disciplinary knowledges shape communities and schools
  9. understand the range of cultural experiences within Australian and global communities and the ways in which many cultures have changed the nature of Australian society,
  10. assess learners in ways that acknowledge and engage with diversity and diverse learners using a variety of assessment methods, and
  11. reflect critically on their beliefs about how teachers might contribute to social justice.

Assessment

Module 1: Integrated unit of work (planned, implemented and evaluated) (equivalent 4000 words, 50%)
Module 2: Seminar presentation (equivalent 2000 words, 25%); Curriculum research project (equivalent 2000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact: equivalent to an average of 3 hrs per week; Self-directed study: approx 21 hrs per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick); Ms Wendy Goff (Gippsland); Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF5712).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units that focus on the role and nature of literacy education in schools and aims to establish a critical understanding of the inter-relationships of policy initiatives and directives with educational practices in schools and the community. Students explore connections between home, community and school literacy practices, within the context of a socially and culturally diverse world influenced by technological change, international testing of literacy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO). The unit also critically examines Australia's national, state and local policies and practices, including professional standards, curriculum and assessment. Students also enhance their personal literacies to communicate effectively as members of the teaching profession. With an emphasis on the early years of school the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology. It emphasises the place of literacy in the development of autonomous and lifelong learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify and critically examine a range of theoretical perspectives on literacies, and English and literacy learning with a particular focus on early literacy
  2. explore and develop students' own English and literacy skills and pedagogical practices
  3. assess, plan and implement effective and inclusive English and literacy learning experiences for young children which reflect the complex nature of English and literacy teaching and learning in an increasingly diverse social and cultural world influenced by technological and social change
  4. develop knowledge and understanding of effective ways to plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop young children's early reading, writing and oral language skills
  5. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies
  6. examine and reflect critically on a range of education policy issues and debates for educators in contemporary local, national and global contexts and their implications for educators.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Essay (1500 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2: Planning task (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 2 hours per week plus 10 hours of self-directed study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick); Ms Wendy Goff (Gippsland); Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF5711).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units that focus on the role and nature of literacy education in schools and aims to extend a critical understanding of the inter-relationships of policy initiatives and directives with educational practices in schools and the community. Students continue to explore the importance of making between home, community and school literacy practices, within the context of a socially and culturally diverse world influenced by technological change, international testing of literacy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO). With a particular focus on the middle and upper primary years the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify and critically examine a range of theoretical perspectives on literacies, and English and literacy learning
  2. explore and develop students' own English and literacy skills and pedagogical practices
  3. assess, plan and implement effective and inclusive English and literacy learning experiences for middle and upper primary learners which reflect the complex nature of English and literacy teaching and learning in an increasingly diverse social and cultural world influenced by technological and social change
  4. develop knowledge and understanding of effective ways to plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop children's reading, writing and oral language in the middle and upper primary years
  5. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Digital Resource (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: Planning Task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 2 hours per week plus approximately 10 hours of self-directed study per week

Prerequisites

EDF5711 English, literacies and policy contexts


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annie Mitchell (Berwick); Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland); Professor Mike Askew (Peninsula)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF5714).

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the role and nature of mathematics in schools and develops in students a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching. It investigates how numeracy is explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum and the impact of international testing of numeracy/mathematics teaching.
Students develop knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in school mathematics, informed by educational research and policy, both locally and internationally. They examine how mathematical learning might be facilitated by the appropriate harnessing of learning technologies and calculators, and the impact of affective (eg motivation and engagement) and sociocultural (eg socioeconomic status, ethnicity) factors.
The personal numeracy required to critically engage with data about schooling and education is also addressed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. develop their understanding of key concepts in primary school mathematics and numeracy teaching, including the difference between numeracy and mathematics
  2. examine personal assumptions about teaching and learning, reflecting upon contemporary discussions in the research, professional and societal communities
  3. plan for effective teaching that supports children's learning
  4. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning using a range of techniques
  5. use and integrate learning technologies (including calculators, interactive whiteboards and tablets) in teaching
  6. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  7. develop personal numeracy and statistical literacy.

Assessment

Assessment task 1.Annotated bibliography (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2.Lesson planning task (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annie Mitchell (Berwick); Dr Tasos Barkatsas (Gippsland); Professor Mike Askew (Peninsula)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF5713).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the foundations laid in EDF5713 Mathematics, numeracy and learner engagement A, in deepening understanding of how the role and nature of mathematics in schools develops in students a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching. It investigates how numeracy is explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum and the impact of international testing of numeracy/mathematics teaching.
Students develop knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in school mathematics, informed by educational research and policy, both locally and internationally. This unit addresses current understandings and practices related to differentiated curricula that engage students with diverse intellectual, emotional and social abilities. It also examines the cognitive mechanisms that relate to learning disabilities, and to gifted/talented learning. Students also further develop the personal numeracy required to critically engage with data about schooling and education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. extend their understanding of key concepts in primary school mathematics and numeracy teaching, including the difference between numeracy and mathematics
  2. understand the diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational settings and demonstrate how this is linked to student motivation, engagement and achievement
  3. plan for effective teaching that supports children's learning
  4. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning using a range of techniques
  5. use and integrate learning technologies (including calculators, interactive whiteboards and tablets) in teaching
  6. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  7. describe key principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning and how these relate to mathematics and numeracy across the curriculum
  8. further develop personal numeracy and statistical literacy.

Assessment

Assessment task 1.Teaching activity (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2. Research task (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average per week of 2 - 3 hours contact plus approximately 15 hours in self-directed study

Prerequisites

EDF5713 Mathematics, numeracy and learner engagement A


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Harris

Synopsis

This unit develops an understanding of education policy and its various discourses in global, national, local and institutional contexts. Students explore the inter-relationships of policy discourses with educational practices in schools, the community, educational systems, professional associations, and globally coordinated projects. The unit explores international testing of literacy/numeracy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO), as well as Australia's national, state and local policies and practices, such as professional standards, curriculum, assessment, diversity, social inclusivity, ICT and Indigenous peoples.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • examine a range of education policy issues and dilemmas for educators in contemporary local, national and global contexts
  • demonstrate an understanding of the pedagogical implications for educators within a range of education policies
  • articulate an understanding of the multi-faceted and complex nature of educational policy and discourses at global, national, local and institutional levels
  • apply their understanding of the inter-relationships between educational policy and practice in a range of educational settings
  • evaluate and critique their own practice as educators in relation to policy imperatives and professional obligations, including the particular needs of students in their care
  • reflect critically on themselves and their relationship to current educational policy debates.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: School Investigation and Reflection (3200 words) 40% and
Assessment task 2: Research project (4800 words) 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Geoff White (Berwick); Dr Ian Mitchell (Clayton); Dr Michael Dyson (Gippsland, day); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman and

Synopsis

This unit focuses on learning and teaching in schools across a range of educational contexts and develops pre-service teachers' professional capacity to engage in educational inquiry about pedagogy, curriculum and assessment. Students draw upon principles of educational psychology and theories of learning to develop an understanding of how people learn in different contexts and educators plan to achieve successful learning outcomes. The unit highlights the centrality of language and communication to all teaching and learning. Students critically inquire into the relationships and modes of communication most conducive to creating productive learning environments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. critically examine personal beliefs, values and experiences about learning and teaching, communication and motivation,
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the central role of language in learning,
  3. apply an understanding of theoretical views of learning and classroom management to the planning of learner-centred teaching,
  4. plan and build positive learning environments and relationships through effective communication,
  5. plan the creative use of a range of learning resources in their teaching,
  6. apply a variety of pedagogical approaches that engage school students in their learning and assessment,
  7. apply concepts and theories from educational psychology and philosophy to analyse, reconsider and question school-based experiences and improve their teaching,
  8. plan a unit of work designed to develop cross-curricula skills, and
  9. critically enquire into various curricula, teaching and assessment practices to determine their educative value.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: Peer teaching and reflection (25%) (2000 word equivalent), Assessment task 2a: Curriculum and resource development and collection, and Assessment task 2b: Practicum research task; (75%) (6000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Harris (Berwick); Dr Angela Mornane (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit develops a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching in a wide range of educational settings. It investigates how literacy and numeracy are explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum. It addresses significant aspects of adolescent development in the context of teacher education, as well as current understandings and practices related to differentiated curricula that engage students with diverse intellectual, emotional and social abilities. Historical and contemporary relationships between schooling, social justice and social inclusion are analysed and discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • develop an understanding of the societal diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational settings and demonstrate how this is linked to student motivation, engagement, achievement and well-being
  • demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  • articulate theories of adolescent development from sociological and psychological viewpoints and access relevant information on aspects of adolescent intellectual, emotional and social development, specifically in relation to students with diverse abilities
  • reflect critically on the social and cultural contexts that influence education at the international, national, local, and personal level
  • describe key principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning and how these relate to literacy and numeracy across the curriculum
  • identify contemporary pedagogical practices that inform the development of differentiated curricula
  • evaluate and critique how teacher, student and societal attitudes towards socio-economic status, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, indigeneity, giftedness and special needs influence the capacity to foster student engagement.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A teaching activity (equivalent to 2000 words)
Assessment task 2: Contribution to portfolio (Resource Development Project) (3000 words)
Assessment task 3: A research task (3000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Julie Faulkner

Synopsis

This unit focuses on education as a scholarly discipline and teaching as a profession. Students apply evidence-based processes, which enable their ongoing professional learning and their transition from pre-service teacher to teacher and teacher-researcher. Students consider the nature of teachers' work, including ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical dimensions. They develop a sense of their emerging professional identities and engage in evidence-based articulations of their beliefs, values, and commitments as beginning teachers. A range of research methodologies are introduced and teacher professional standards are critically examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • engage critically with the social, political and cultural contexts of teaching as a profession, including policies and standards
  • recognise and respond to the range and depth of teachers' work (including ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical dimensions)
  • articulate their beliefs, values, commitments, and identities as professional educators, and demonstrate these through documented evidence
  • cultivate collaborative approaches to teaching, learning, and reflective practice
  • engage in deep, authentic, and critical reflection about their work and responsibilities as professional educators (including planning for learning, engaging students in their learning and effective classroom management)
  • understand the ways in which ongoing professional learning and teacher research enable professional educators to respond to the challenges and pressures facing the profession.

Assessment

Assessment task 1: A presentation (30%)
Assessment task 2: A personal teaching philosophy statement (30%)
Assessment task 3: A critical reflection on teacher identity and professionalism (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to applied learning pedagogies. The Victorian Certificate of Applied Learning (VCAL) was introduced as a senior secondary schooling option in 2002. Applied Learning as made available through VCAL offers a pathways approach to participation in years 10-12. Pathways approaches to schooling rests upon teachers' drawing upon academic, vocational education and training (VET), community participation and work-based learning opportunities to tailor schooling to meet the diverse learning needs of students who are not interested in or engaged with the mainstream curriculum.

In this unit students will develop the skills, knowledge and capabilities to develop pathways learning options. More specifically students in this unit will examine the curriculum requirements of VCAL. In doing this students will explore the various ways in which the VCAL subjects Literacy and Numeracy, Personal Development, Industry Specialist Study and Work Related Skills can be taught and assessed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. identify the key policy and curriculum issues underpinning applied learning and pathways education,
  2. design and develop applied learning resources to foster engagement in schooling, and
  3. plan assessment strategies for applied learning and pathways education

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Applied learning as a schooling option essay (4000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Applied learning portfolio (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hrs/week; private study 21 hrs/week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Harris

Synopsis

This unit requires students to apply both theoretical and practical knowledge in creative pedagogies within the framework of interdisciplinary classroom practice. The unit is for students wishing to deepen their knowledge about creative teaching strategies across all subject areas and levels, to enhance their discipline expertise developed throughout this course. This unit demands that students take a broad and interdisciplinary view of creative pedagogies as applied in diverse disciplines and contexts, and make links between theory, practice and research. Students will be required to draw upon both their classroom experiences and the research literature as they actively participate in developing their pedagogical capacities in this area.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of the aims, approaches and resources relevant to specific creative approaches, especially as outlined in the Australian Curriculum, AusVELS, VCAL and the VCE,
  2. demonstrate an ability to plan and assess for effective learning, employ a range of resources to engage students, maintain a safe and stimulating creative learning environment, and apply this knowledge cross-curricularly,
  3. develop and practise skills in imaginative thinking, creative extensions of pedagogical practice and problem-solving, arts-based pedagogies and working collaboratively with others, and
  4. take actions informed by these critical understandings and skills to nurture the creative and imaginative skills of both students and teaching colleagues.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Integrated unit plan and reflection (4000 words, 50%)
Assessment Task 2: Creative pedagogies portfolio (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact: 3 hrs/week; private study 21 hrs/week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit introduces a range of educational research methods relevant to learning organisations and environments, the principles of ethically conducted educational research and the skills required for the identification and interpretation of educational research literature. The unit is the first of two units designed for Master of Teaching students who wish to investigate an educational issue or practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. differentiate between different research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences,
  2. plan ethically responsible educational research,
  3. reflect on the meanings and motivations they bring to the research endeavour ,
  4. perceive the interconnections between research questions, data forums, research methodologies and methods, and formulate research questions and link these to designs,
  5. systematically identify and locate a range of research literature on a topic of interest to them,
  6. interpret and critically evaluate this literature with respect to its usefulness in a specific setting (typically the students' own work setting or focus of study),
  7. engage with a range of conventions and stylistic features of academic writing, and
  8. prepare a summary of the implications of this literature in a selected academic genre.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Preparation of a draft research proposal and ethics application (4000 words, 50%), and Assessment Task 2: Literature review research paper (4000 words. 50%)

Contact hours

Contact: 3 hrs/week; private study 21 hrs/week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

In this unit, students apply their understanding of the research methods addressed in EDF5812 Education practitioner research methods. This unit is the second of two units designed for Master of Teaching students who wish to investigate an educational issue or practice. The practitioner research project must be capable of completion, including the preparation of the final report, within one semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. conceptualise, design and implement a small research project of personal interest to the individual student that has received, where appropriate, approval from the Monash University Human Research Ethics Committee,
  2. collect, analyse and report on data generated by the research project, and
  3. situate the reporting of the research outcomes within the educational research literature.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Oral presentation of research design and summary of responses to feedback (2000 words, 25%); and Assessment Task 2: Research report (6000 words, 75%)

Contact hours

Contact: 3 hrs/week; private study 21 hrs/week

Co-requisites

EDF5812 Education practitioner research methods


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education

Synopsis

This unit requires students to apply both theoretical and practical knowledge in creative pedagogies within the framework of a research project. This unit extends the learning in EDF5811 (Creative pedagogies in practice) for students wishing to apply creative pedagogical research methodologies in community- and school-based contexts. Further, it will enable all pre-service teachers (not just those who will teach creative arts in schools) to expand their chosen discipline knowledge developed over their participation in this course to include creative approaches to teaching and research. This unit demands that students take a broad and interdisciplinary view of creative pedagogies as applied in diverse disciplines and sectors. Students will be required to draw upon both their classroom experiences and the research literature as they actively participate in developing their research capacities in this area.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. synthesise theoretical frameworks which help to explain the collaborative, diverse and dynamic nature of pedagogical spaces and places, including interactions among individuals, communities and whole societies,
  2. demonstrate knowledge of how students learn creatively, effective creative teaching, strategies and cross-disciplinary and cross-sectoral application,
  3. demonstrate a capacity to critically reflect, evaluate and improve knowledge and practice within a research context, drawing from professional literature and independent internship, and
  4. demonstrate an understanding and appropriate application of arts education theory.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Independent study (internship) (4000 words, 50%), and Assessment Task 2: Case study research report (4000 words, 50%)

Contact hours

Contact: 3 hrs/week; private study 21 hrs/week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn

Synopsis

This unit explores the various philosophies that have contributed to the development of early childhood education over time. The focus is on the underlying principles of various education philosophies and the links to the socio-cultural context. The unit encourages students to deconstruct a range of philosophies, beyond the artefacts, to distil key principles of learning that can be developed into a succinct pedagogical framework relevant to contemporary early childhood education. The unit meets these demands through document analysis and observation of the application of practices in the present day.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have knowledge and understanding of:

  • Critical reading and literature review
  • Awareness of links between current theory and contemporary practice
  • Evaluate philosophical principles in current professional settings
  • Rigorously articulate own pedagogical beliefs

Assessment

Assessment 1: Oral or written report (3500 words or equivalent 50%); and Assessment 2: Research project (4500 words or equivalent 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Avis Ridgway

Synopsis

Contemporary theories of child development discuss learning as a cultural and social process whereby programming of learning is always "above'" what the child can do independently and thereby positions the educator as a pedagogical leader. Cultural ways of learning are fore-grounded. In addition, learning content and learning processes are viewed as contested, and subject to power relations. Child development is understood as representing not a single truth, but as diverse. Child development underpins the work of all early childhood educators. However, developments in this field of research and theory development are not matched with current practices within the field. An overview of child development theory helps to contextualise the contemporary focus.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have developed

  • In depth knowledge of contemporary concepts of child development and learning,
  • The capacity to link this knowledge to pedagogy and curriculum design,
  • An appreciation of their own position as a pedagogical leader leading children's learning,
  • The capacity to discern and analyse the ways in which various cultural contexts influence both content and modes of learning,
  • Understanding of the contested power relations influencing perspectives on child development, learning, pedagogy and curriculum, and
  • The ability to apply key concepts in the unit to mandatory curricula.

Fieldwork

15 days of observation in a professional placement context

Assessment

Task 1: written report (3500 words, 40%); and
Task 2: research project (4500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hanan Sukkar

Synopsis

In this unit students will learn to critique the constructions of childhood, family and community across cultures and historical periods. In particular, students will analyse images of the child found in local, national and international literature and media, and interrogate the theoretical foundations of these sources. Drawing upon contemporary learning and development theories students will analyse the relationships between children's contexts and the beliefs held about children within the particular communities under study. Visual research methodologies will be employed by students to investigate adult and child perspectives on aspects of everyday life in families and communities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have developed:

  • Historical and contemporary theories of child development to analyse and critique constructions of childhood, family and community across cultures and historical periods.
  • The images of childhood and families found in local, national and international literature and media.
  • Skills in use of multiple research methodologies to investigate child and adult perspectives of everyday life in families and communities.
  • Consider and analyse multiple views of childhood, children and families in relation to the role of the early childhood professional.

Fieldwork

20 days of fieldwork in a range of early childhood learning settings across the 0-2 age range.

Assessment

Research project (4000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Satisfactory completion and documentation of professional practice (equivalent 4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Avis Ridgway

Synopsis

This unit principally comprises up to 25 days of professional placement in prior-to-school settings, supported by regular in-centre tutorial sessions during block placements.

Outcomes

In this unit students will actively develop, to the level of a beginning teacher, their skills to:

  • Foster professional relationships with children, families, and colleagues;
  • Systematically plan and implement curricular practices that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in their families and communities;
  • Effectively manage children's activities in the early childhood setting; and
  • Collaborate with professional colleagues to assess their own personal professional learning and development.

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of professional placement fieldwork (Equivalent 5000 words; 60%); and Professional Experience folder/tasks (3000 words or equivalent; 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn

Synopsis

The unit specifically addresses the provision of skills in critical analysis of early childhood educational policy, by considering educational research about policy concepts and their determination by prevailing social, economic and political forces. The unit develops skills in document analysis, information literacy as well as broadening students' capacities for corporate and social responsibility. The unit provides students with opportunities to develop research interests in areas that may be significant for their current professional practice, including Quality Reform Agenda; relationships between state and Commonwealth governments; managerial reform in schools and universities; shifts in capital funding sources for educational research and their implications for educational policy.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have developed:

  • Skills in critical analysis
  • Policy analysis
  • Information literacy
  • Awareness of corporate and social responsibilities in the field of education

Assessment

Oral or written report (4000 words or equiv) 50% and Research presentation (oral or written; 4000 words equiv) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland

Synopsis

This unit provides early childhood professionals with opportunities to explore the field of curriculum. The early childhood sector is entering a historical phase in Australia that has produced new demands for professionals to engage with the educational structures and practices that guide and direct school-based programs. This unit meets these demands by offering early childhood professionals engagements with the discourse of curriculum design and instructional practice. Students undertake a comprehensive analysis of pedagogical, social, cultural and economic dimensions of curriculum theory and practice, including both design and evaluation. They address the key determinants surrounding the selection of content and assessment of children's programmed activities, so as to more competently and professionally develop skills in educational practice warranted by the shifting scope of early childhood care in Australia.
Students learn advanced skills in lesson planning and curriculum delivery, as well as interpretation and assessment of syllabus material for mandated outcomes and policy indices. The unit provides students with opportunities to develop research interests in areas that may be significant for their current professional practice. Such interests include matters related to curriculum planning, assessment and evaluation, and the related instructional and pedagogical practices which are necessary for the future of early childhood education.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have developed:

  • Understand the elements (eg social, cultural, economic) that frame curriculum theories, design and implementation
  • Apply curriculum theories and design to programs in diverse settings for children
  • Use practitioner research to evaluate, assess and reflect on curriculum effectiveness in their own practice
  • Develop and implement lesson plans and curriculum delivery
  • Use appropriate curriculum theory to develop pedagogical awareness of their impact on the lives of children and families

Assessment

Assessment 1: Written report - 4000 words or equivalent 50%; and Assessment 2: Curriculum report - 4000 words or equivalent 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hanan Sukkar

Synopsis

This core unit is designed for early childhood professionals in order to enhance their own professional practice. Students will engage in a critical analysis of early childhood research that informs their practice and the practice of others. The characteristics of early childhood educational research are discussed, particularly as this relates to constructing appropriate questions or problems for investigation, critical review of literature, and research design. Students will engage with early childhood research that challenges traditional thinking.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  • critically read and analyse early childhood research literature
  • Understand the relationship between epistemology, methods, and methodology in the early years research
  • Understand ethical practices in early childhood research
  • Lead evidence-based research to inform practice in early childhood education.

Assessment

Assessment 1: Written assignment - 4000 words (50%); and
Assessment 2: Written assignment - 4000 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Nikolay Veresov

Synopsis

This unit addresses the increasing demands placed upon service administrators and professionals working in a range of service areas seeking to improve skills and knowledge with respect to three specific domains: pedagogical practice; administration and management; and leadership skills. Students orient themselves to an early childhood community and through a research inquiry examine the pedagogical practices within it. Effective pedagogical and administrative leadership provides the intellectual tools to support the development of inclusive, culturally safe and secure places for all citizens who participate in early childhood services.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have knowledge and understanding of:

  • Skills in leadership of early childhood professionals
  • Management and administrative policy and procedure
  • Awareness of local and global perspectives on education in early childhood
  • Familiarity with policies on inclusion and equitable service delivery

Assessment

Assignment 1: Project report (4500 words): 60%, and
Assignment 2: Service Report (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent to an average of 24 hours per week including 3 contact hours


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ha Phan (First semester, off-campus); Dr Miriam Faine (First semester, evening); Mr Wing Chan (Second semester, off-campus); Professor Mike Askew (Second semester, evening)

Synopsis

The unit consists of two modules. Module 1 provides an overview of significant debates about the nature of knowledge and different research approaches in the fields of social science and education, including ethical issues in research. Module 2 is designed to develop students' ability to identify and interpret research literature across a range of academic genres, including the processes of locating and retrieving research literature.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand different research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences;
  • have an awareness of their ethical responsibilities when undertaking research;
  • reflect on the meanings and motivations they bring to the research endeavour;
  • perceive the interconnections between research questions, data forums, research methodologies and methods
  • formulate research questions and link these to designs;
  • systematically identify and locate a range of research literature on a topic of interest to them;
  • interpret and critically evaluate this literature with respect to its usefulness in a specific setting (typically the students' own work setting or focus of study);
  • engage with a range of conventions and stylistic features of academic writing; prepare a summary of the implications of this literature in a selected academic genre.

Assessment

Two research papers tailored to the needs of the student group, together comprising 8000 words.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Synopsis

The unit consists of two modules. Module 1 provides an overview of significant debates about the nature of knowledge and different research approaches in the fields of social science and education, including ethical issues in research. Module 2 introduces quantitative research approaches. It will enable students to develop skills in formulating research questions, using survey and other quantitative research designs, and in collecting, analysing and interpreting quantitative data. Students will be invited to consider validity and reliability issues, as well as the assumptions and knowledge claims in quantitative research.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand different research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences;
  • have an awareness of their ethical responsibilities when undertaking research;
  • reflect on the meanings and motivations they bring to the research endeavour;
  • perceive the interconnections between research questions, data forums, research methodologies and methods;
  • formulate research questions, hypotheses and accompanying study designs;
  • understand assumptions and issues of validity and reliability underpinning quantitative research;
  • understand the uses of basic descriptive and inferential statistics;
  • adopt conventions for reporting statistical findings;
  • interpret and critically evaluate reports of quantitative research.

Assessment

Two research papers together comprising 8000 words

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson (First semester, off-campus); Dr Cynthia Joseph (First semester, evening); Dr Mary Lou Rasmussen (Second semester, evening and off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit consists of two modules. Module 1 provides an overview of significant debates about the nature of knowledge and different research approaches in the fields of social science and education, including ethical issues in research. Module 2 examines qualitative research approaches (e.g. case study, narrative inquiry, new ethnography, action research), focusing on key epistemological and methodological debates. Students will be introduced to ways of using different research methods within qualitative research, such as interviewing, observations, visual data, and textual analysis.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • understand different research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences;
  • have an awareness of their ethical responsibilities when undertaking research;
  • reflect on the meanings and motivations they bring to the research endeavour;
  • perceive the interconnections between research questions, data forums, research methodologies and methods
  • formulate research questions and link these to designs;
  • engage with the epistemological and methodological underpinnings of qualitative research approaches (eg case study, narrative inquiry, new ethnography, action research);
  • understand the particular uses of a range of research methods within these approaches (eg interviewing, observations, visual data, text analysis)
  • design ways to generate and analyse qualitative data;
  • interpret and critically evaluate examples of qualitative research.

Assessment

Two research papers together comprising 8000 words

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neil Selwyn (Clayton, evening); Dr Paddy O'Toole (Clayton, off-campus); Dr Joseph Agbenyega (Off-shore Singapore T3, EC Group); Prof Susan Webb (Off-shore Singapore T3, TESOL & MOL Group)

Synopsis

This 12-point unit is primarily designed for postgraduate / higher degree by research students. The unit consists of any combination of modules of existing units (i.e. modules 1 and 2 of EDF 6005, 6006, 6007, and 6008) or other approved content. This unit is normally only available to students studying within a course cohort. Additional information about the specific combinations of modules and approved content are provided in the study guide for each cohort. The overarching unit guide will direct students to the discrete cohort study guides.

Outcomes

Staff using EDF6009 should be able to specify outcomes that are equivalent to outcomes achieved in existing units of methodology suite. These are likely to include outcomes or module 1 (i.e. core unit), outcomes from other modules, or other approved outcomes. The overarching unit guide will direct students to the discrete study guides for their cohorts where the specific combination of outcomes are set out.

Assessment

Work requirements which explore research issues and problems comprising 8000 words that meet specified objectives.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington

Synopsis

This is a self-directed project focusing on issues, challenges, concerns, dilemmas or problems derived from a professional workplace context. Students will need to discuss their professional projects with the appropriate Unit Coordinator to select and pursue a research project appropriate to their workplace context and unit requirements. Even though the professional project will be self-directed, students will be offered guidance, support and feedback over the course of the project. As there can clearly be no prescribed curriculum, students may be required to participate in small group meetings that may be conducted on or off-campus, or a combination of both.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • identify how to understand and examine a particular work place issue or concern;
  • use a range of skills in critically examining how to address their issue or concern;
  • access research that is relevant to their professional lives and that impacts on their workplace issue or concern;
  • identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific workplace situation; and
  • write about their professional practice for specific purposes and audiences.

Assessment

The Professional Project is the formal assessment task for this unit (6000 words): 100%. Hurdle tasks will include a written project plan and a personal reflection on the process of carrying out the research (2000 words). Students will work with the unit coordinator to select, research and report an issue related to their professional context. The unit coordinator will be responsible for supervision and assessment of each Professional Project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will work through their project in relation to readings and prompts designed to stimulate their thinking and actions about their professional project.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington (Semester 2, Evening Clayton, and Off-shore T3 Singapore: TESOL); Dr Hilary Monk (Off-shore T3, Singapore: EC); Dr Jennifer Rennie & Assoc. Prof. Barbara Clarke (Semester 2, Evening-Off, Clayton)

Synopsis

This is a self-directed project focusing on issues, challenges, concerns, dilemmas or problems derived from a professional workplace context. Students will need to discuss their professional projects with the appropriate Unit Coordinator to select and pursue a research project appropriate to their workplace context and unit requirements. Even though the professional project will be self-directed, students will be offered guidance, support and feedback over the course of the project. As there can clearly be no prescribed curriculum, students may be required to participate in small group meetings that may be conducted on or off-campus, or a combination of both.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • identify how to understand and examine a particular work place issue or concern;
  • use a range of skills in critically examining how to address their issue or concern;
  • access research that is relevant to their professional lives and that impacts on their workplace issue or concern;
  • identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific workplace situation; and
  • write about their professional practice for specific purposes and audiences.

Assessment

The Professional Project is the formal assessment task for this unit (6000 words): 100%. Hurdle tasks will include a written project plan and a personal reflection on the process of carrying out the research (2000 words). Students will work with the unit coordinator to select, research and report an issue related to their professional context. The unit coordinator will be responsible for supervision and assessment of each Professional Project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will work through their project in relation to readings and prompts designed to stimulate their thinking and actions about their professional project.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

The MEd thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research.

The MEd thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the MEd Thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6032 MEd thesis part 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6032).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of one of the compulsory research units (EDF6001, or EDF6005 or EDF6006 or EDF6007 or EDF6008 or EDF6009), plus three other masters units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

The Masters thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6031 Masters thesis Part 1), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must successfully complete EDF6031 Masters thesis part 1.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

The Masters thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6031 Masters thesis Part 1 and EDF6032 Masters thesis Part 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031 and EDF6032)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6031 and EDF6032. Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The Masters thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6031 Masters thesis Part 1, EDF6032 Masters thesis Part 2 and EDF6033 Masters thesis extension 1), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame;
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious;
  • select and review relevant theory and literature;
  • design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions;
  • select appropriate modes of analysis;
  • consider ethical issues involved in research;
  • implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field; and
  • prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031, EDF6032 and EDF6033)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workload: 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6033. Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)

Synopsis

The Masters thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6031 Masters thesis Part 1, EDF6032 Masters thesis Part 2, EDF6033 Masters thesis Extension 1 and EDF6034 Masters thesis Extension 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame;
  • identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious;
  • select and review relevant theory and literature;
  • design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions;
  • select appropriate modes of analysis;
  • consider ethical issues involved in research;
  • implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field; and
  • prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031, EDF6032, EDF6033 and EDF6034).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workload requirement: 24 hrs per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Masters thesis extension 3 will usually occur when, after examination, students require time to make substantial revisions to their theses. A case needs to be made, and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF6035 Masters thesis extension 3.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

The unit enables students to critique social and environmental factors which impact on sport and active leisure. Study within the unit adopts a socio-critical approach that allows students to examine and research a range of contemporary issues within the context of sport and active leisure. Key debates emerging across the sports and active leisure domains are reviewed, including participation demographics and trends in targeted populations. Students critically reflect upon sport policies that influence the provision and delivery of sport/active leisure participation opportunities. Collectively, this encourages students to examine sport and active leisure in relation to issues of equity, exclusion and social justice.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should:

  • Identify and explain key issues affecting sport and active leisure.
  • Analyse how particular practices and issues within sport and active leisure have emerged.
  • Use appropriate socio-cultural critical theory to research and deconstruct particular policy and practice in sport and active leisure.
  • Critique sport and active leisure in relation to concepts of equity, inclusion and social justice.

Assessment

Assessment 1: 50% (4000 words or equivalent); and
Assessment 2: 50% (4000 words or equivalent)

Contact hours

3 hrs contact time, 12 hours preparation


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This Unit builds skills in the systematic analysis and critique of current curriculum policy, theory and practice. Students investigate curriculum culture drivers - philosophy, values and orientation - and relate these to the multiple perspectives of key stakeholders. Alternative models for curriculum design, construction, implementation and evaluation are explored along with practical models of curriculum change in real learning contexts. Students negotiate the setting in which they locate their curriculum inquiry in order that it becomes a worthwhile and practical task. The Unit is useful for people in a curriculum leadership role in a range of contexts, including schools.

Outcomes

At the completion of this Unit, students will be able to:

  • identify and discriminate between the intended, enacted and realised curriculum;
  • use key concepts in curriculum theory to develop criteria for critically analysing curriculum policy, principles and practices, as evidenced in materials and documentation;
  • systematically inquire into and critique a curriculum - including its philosophy, values, culture, orientation and constituent elements;
  • propose feasible investigative processes to evaluate the appropriateness and efficacy of a curriculum-in-action from the multiple perspectives of various stakeholders;
  • design appropriate curriculum for specific groups of students, incorporating key features of quality curriculum; and
  • construct practical curriculum change initiatives that take into account both the complexities of change and the interests of the stakeholders.

Assessment

1. A Reaction Paper on a curriculum design challenge (3000 words, 30%); 2. A Curriculum Critique and Change Paper (5000 words, 70%).

Contact hours

18 hours per week including 3 hours in class (evenings)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

This unit investigates the changes to communication practices associated with the use of new media which affect all areas and levels of education: P-12, post-secondary, workplace and community settings. By dealing with both conceptual-theoretical and practical issues, the unit considers the range and scope of research in literacy, communication and new media studies in a range of educational contexts. The unit provides opportunities for students to examine critically different approaches to research in literacy, communication and new media studies. Students will also consider how to use the research to inform professional thinking and practice

Outcomes

The main objectives of the unit are to:

  • appreciate a range of issues, dilemmas and debates central to research in the area of communication practices and the use of new media
  • identify the ways in which the new media environment, shaped by the Internet, change communication practices
  • read the research literature critically
  • use the research in the area of communication practices and the use of new media to inform professional thinking and practice

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • appreciate a range of issues, dilemmas and debates central to research in the area of communication practices and the use of new media
  • understand how the new media environment, shaped by the Internet, changes communication practices
  • learn how to read the research critically
  • consider the implications of the research for professional thinking and practice.

Assessment

Assessment in this unit is based on two pieces of work: 2,000 words (33%); and 6,000 words (66%).
In the first task, students are required to identify a significant debate central to research in the area of communication practices and the use of new media and to prepare a commentary indicating why it is of significance. In the second task, students are required to identify an issue related to communication practices and the use of new media, review the associated literature, then consider the implications for further research and for professional practice. It should be different in focus to the debate identified in Task 1

Contact hours

3 hrs per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Recent research emphasises the interrelatedness of motivational, emotional and cognitive aspects in learning situations. In this unit, we focus on different theories and models of motivation and emotion; and how learner characteristics and the environment shape learning outcomes: including performance, participation, engagement and persistence. We examine how learner characteristics such as age, gender, social class, and ethnicity might produce individual variations in motivation over time. We also examine how different contextual factors (e.g., teacher / educator behaviour, class and school characteristics / workplace characteristics) facilitate or constrain motivation.

Outcomes

  1. Describe and critically discuss major motivation-related theories introduced in the unit, and relate these to learning outcomes.
  2. Read relevant theoretical and empirical studies with discernment, and evaluate the utility of relevant research given the internal and external validity of the research design.
  3. Understand and critically assess the contextual influences of learning environment, family and peer contexts, task features, gender, ethnicity and developmental stage on learner motivations and emotions.
  4. Demonstrate understanding of the pedagogical relevance and benefits of the psychological theories by applying key concepts to develop facilitative learning settings.

Assessment

The sum of 8000 words written work or the equivalent will be required across the assignments listed below:

1. Class presentations and summaries

2. Final Paper

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

The program helps teachers reflect on teaching episodes and experiences and enhance their professional knowledge about teaching. It assists experienced teachers to consider different conceptions of reflection and the relationship between reflective practice and constructivism.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  • developed a working knowledge of theories of reflection;
  • an understanding of the relationship between theory and practice;
  • an ability to recognise and develop constructivist approaches to teaching;
  • the skills to analyse teaching episodes for reflective practice;
  • their own skills of reflection on action; the skills of reflection in action;
  • the attitudes and values of a commitment to reflection on practice, a willingness to pursue one's own professional development and an awareness of professional and ethical issues associated with researching reflective practice.

Assessment

Two papers (totalling 3000 words): 30%
Presentation: 25%
Major paper (6000 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

Theories and principles of bilingual/immersion education. Linguistic, psycho-linguistic, sociolinguistic, political and educational contexts of bilingual/immersion education programs in Australia and overseas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • identify sound principles for the introduction of bilingual/immersion programs in a range of educational settings;
  • demonstrate an understanding of the influence of bilingual/immersion education on language acquisition; and
  • analyse critically the political and educational contexts in Australia or their country which support and/or deter the introduction of a bilingual program in their educational setting.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words): 50%
Exam (2000 words):20%
Annotated bibliography (2500 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi

Synopsis

The Unit explores current theories in language testing and assessment, new approaches to language test design and validation, advances in language testing technology, the impact of various language assessment practices on language teaching and learning, and the ethics of language test use. The various purposes of language assessment are outlined and students are introduced to a set of principles whereby language tests, standards-based frameworks and a range of other assessment policies and practices can be critically evaluated. They are also given opportunities to develop skills in designing, trialling and analysing assessment tools for use in their own professional contexts.

Outcomes

The learning objectives of this unit are to familiarize students with a range of purposes and uses of language assessment; acquaint them with the basic testing terminology required to read and understand key literature on language assessment; raise their awareness of issues of fairness and impact in language testing. They also include enabling students to review recent debates and developments in language testing research and practice (including dynamic assessment, performance assessment, new approaches to language test validation); the provision of a conceptual framework for evaluating the validity and usefulness of a number of widely used tests and assessment frameworks in English and other languages; development of skills in test design and analysis.

Assessment

Two assessment tasks:
Critical Review (3200 words): 40%; and Project (4800 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

A thorough grounding in principles of second language acquisition (SLA) and their relationship to foreign/second language teaching methodology impacting directly on classroom practice. Communicative/interactive approaches and their application to a range of educational settings with a variety of learner backgrounds. Assessment practices and curriculum design relevant to the teaching and learning of languages.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have;

  1. developed knowledge and understanding of the second language acquisition principles which inform current classroom teaching approaches in languages
  2. been exposed to a range of communicative/interactive models of L2 learning and teaching
  3. have acquired knowledge and understanding of a variety of assessment practices relevant to languages
  4. have acquired knowledge and understanding of the theoretical principles underpinning the development of the four macro-skills in their language
  5. developed a reflective approach to the teaching and learning of languages in Victorian primary and secondary schools
  6. been exposed to ways of teaching and learning for mother tongue maintenance, partial immersion, content-based and language arts programmes
  7. developed and evaluated a sequence of lesson plans for a range of learners and learning skills in a specific educational setting.

Assessment

Responses to set tasks (4000 words):50%; Development of a unit for work (2500 words): 35%; and A description of a syllabus outline or series of topics for one year level (1500 words): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Prerequisites

A major, post-Year 12 or its recognised equivalent, in a language other than English and a recognised initial teaching qualification


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)TBA

Synopsis

Knowledge and skills required to function as an effective LOTE teacher in a range of educational settings. Planning and implementing a variety of lesson types in a communicative/interactive approach to LOTE teaching and learning. Critical reflection about best practice in LOTE classrooms. Application of theoretical principles underlying second language acquisition (SLA) in the curriculum framework of P-12 LOTE programs in Victorian schools. A sequenced placement of 22 days teaching with a minimum of 3 days per week and observation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • have a basic understanding of the SLA principles which influence current classroom teaching approaches in LOTE;
  • have developed a reflective approach to the teaching-learning of a LOTE in Victorian primary and secondary schools;
  • have developed a critical analysis of classroom practices of second-language teachers of languages other than English;
  • be able to develop, implement and evaluate a sequence of lessons for a range of learners and learning skills in a specific educational setting; and
  • be able to monitor and document their students' progress and development in the LOTE.

Assessment

Practicum Folio for 44 lessons (3000 words equiv.): 65%
Written responses to tasks (3000 words equiv.): 35%

Chief examiner(s)

TBA

Contact hours

Classes only in first semester
all year practicum

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6223 or its equivalent. A major, post-Year 12 or its recognised equivalent, in a language other than English and a recognised initial teaching qualification.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Synopsis

This unit focuses on how content can be taught through a foreign or second language. It is informed by both traditional approaches to content-based teaching in second languages and by the content and language integrated learning movement which has been developed across Europe for the teaching of foreign languages in primary, secondary and vocational education settings. Examples of successful models of content and language integrated teaching will be presented and analysed so that students can determine how to apply the principles to their own language teaching and learning contexts.

Outcomes

The learning objectives for this unit are to enable students to:

  • understand the process of language acquisition through content-based teaching;
  • examine and reflect upon the implementation of a content and language integrated learning approach in their particular education setting;
  • devise language strategies (verbal and non-verbal) for teaching subject matter content in their particular language; and
  • enable students design at least one content and language integrated series of lessons.

Assessment

Report or critical review or annotated bibliography 50%
Materials Design 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3-hour seminar and 12 hours individual study and library time per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi (First semester); Dr Dat Bao (Second semester)

Synopsis

The unit uses applied principles of second language acquisition (SLA), with specific reference to practical classroom strategies in the learning and teaching English as a Foreign Language (EFL). It provides a metalanguage for discussing SLA, and focuses on pedagogical strategies which EFL teachers can use in a range of educational settings. The pedagogy of language teaching is approached via a socio-cultural perspective on the development of communicative competence. Throughout this unit, the emphasis is on hands-on activities, microteaching and discussion about the strategies involved. Students should take away from this course ideas that work in EFL classrooms.

Outcomes

The learning objectives of this unit are:

  • to develop language awareness in general and an awareness of the role of English as an international language in particular;
  • to develop awareness of students' role in the teaching of English as an international language;
  • to become familiar with major developments in the theory and practice of teaching EFL; and
  • to develop a range of teaching strategies based on the sound understanding of how students learn languages.

Assessment

Reflective journal (3000 words): 20 %
Mini-lesson (2000-3000 words): 20%
Unit of work (3000-5000): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner (First semester day); Dr Dat Bao (First semester evening); Dr Jill Brown (Second semester)

Synopsis

This unit addresses second language proficiency and the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. It also examines current research into the nature of speaking, writing, reading and listening and its implications for teaching in second-language classrooms. Other topics include vocabulary, grammar and integration of language and content; the role of the TESOL teacher in primary, post-primary and adult teaching contexts, and methodological approaches in second languages.

Outcomes

The learning objectives of this unit are to:

  • understand the notion of communicative competence in a second or foreign language;
  • understand the implications of this notion for formal language instruction in listening, speaking, reading and writing skills;
  • recognise the differing language learning needs of adult and of child learners in a range of contexts; and
  • become familiar with techniques and strategies which can be adapted to meet those different needs.

Assessment

Reports (4000 words) 50%
Research paper (4000 words) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dat Bao

Synopsis

The unit examines recent trends in language teaching curriculum design and program evaluation in second and foreign language education. Students explore in detail a range of syllabus types. Procedures for analysing the needs of learners of foreign and second languages in the students' context are discussed, and relevant curriculum documents Australian and international contexts are viewed critically.

Outcomes

The learning objectives of this unit are to:

  • enable participants to revise the implications of first and second language acquisition research for language teaching and learning and their impact on curriculum in their school/teaching institution;
  • familiarize themselves with current language policy and curriculum developments at state, national and international levels; familiarize themselves with models and processes involved in designing a curriculum document;
  • experience a reflective model of teaching and learning by reflecting alone, or in discussion with others, on the theories and issues related to curriculum issues.

Assessment

Two assessment tasks: Critical review (4000 words): 50%; and Extended essay (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ha Phan (First semester and second semester evening); Dr Miriam Faine (Second semester day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to explore the ways that language, society and cultural difference relate to each other and why it matters to educators working in schools, universities, technical colleges, other relevant workplaces and having policy roles around the world. It covers concepts of language, culture, identity, and difference; English language education in local and global contexts and the political and social implications of the globalisation of English; policies and practices relating to immigration and cultural difference in multiple contexts; the ways historical, political and policy contexts shape and are shaped by language and literacy practices; literacy and social and cultural difference in school, higher education and workplace education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  • developed an understanding of language as social, cultural and political practice;
  • developed an understanding of the social, historical and political contexts in which language is shaped in contemporary Australian society and the implications for education and training in a range of learning environments including primary, secondary and higher education, workplaces and community settings.
  • Explored how these understandings are relevant for themselves as educators both in Australia and overseas.

Assessment

Essay (literature review) (3,200 words equivalent): 40%
Research essay (4,800 words equivalent): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week local students; (for Singapore students, please refer "Unit Schedule")


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi

Synopsis

Knowledge and skills required to function as an effective TESOL teacher. Links between second language education theory and classroom practice. It includes a classroom component of 12 weekly sessions, including micro-teaching and focussed observation, and placement of 22 days in a language centre or other institutional setting. The placement will consist of a sequence of at least 3 days per week.

Outcomes

The principal learning objective of this unit is to develop the knowledge and skills of teachers of English to speakers of other languages. This may include the explicit:

  • knowledge about the way the English language works as a linguistic system;
  • knowledge of meta-language to describe this system when required to do so;
  • knowledge of current curriculum, methodology and assessment models in English language teaching;
  • skill in presenting language in context so that learners can use the language system in socially appropriate ways;
  • skill in designing practice opportunities for learners that encourage language use which matches real life needs; and
  • skill in adapting and developing learning materials as required.

Assessment

Assessment 1: Professional development: a mini-lesson and a critical review of an approach to ESL teaching, and its underlying view of L2 acquisition, teaching and learning (4000 words): 50%, and
Assessment 2: Professional practice: successful completion of 22 day placement including (4000 word practicum folio): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Local accreditation only for students enrolled in PostgradDip (TESOL), MEd (TESOL) specialism programs, and NOT available to students enrolling in postgraduate TESOL (International) programs.

Co-requisites

EDF6233 and at least 22 days teaching practice


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Faulkner

Synopsis

In this unit, 'literacy' is the focus of study. But 'literacy' is defined here as more than just reading and writing; it is reconceptualised as a social practice. New Literacy Studies (NLS) examines new kinds of 'literacies' and 'texts' in a variety of 'contexts'. From in-school literacy to out-of-school literacies, print texts to multimodal texts, school texts to popular culture/media texts, NLS explores and challenges teachers to re-think and re-design new pedagogies in schools of the 21st century

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit, students should have developed a critical perspective of the literacy crisis debate and the variable sociohistorical, political and cultural contexts that determine how literacy as a concept is defined and understood. Students should have become more critically informed of how to bridge in-school and out-of-school literacies and re-design literacy pedagogies that will engage the students they teach. Finally, students should have the knowledge to conduct literacy related classroom research.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words) 20%; Research Proposal (1000 words) 15%; Literacy Research Paper (5000 words) 65%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr

Synopsis

This unit focuses on children and young people's language and learning in school and community settings. National and state language and literacy curriculum and policy documents are used to help educators develop coherent curriculum programs suitable for a range of school and community settings, based on critical understandings of language, literacy and learning practices. The unit takes into account various historical, institutional and cultural factors which impact upon, and are affected by, curriculum and policy change in school and community settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • have developed an understanding of children's and young people's language and learning development in school and community settings;
  • be able to compare and reflect critically on relevant curriculum documents and policies in the area of language and literacy;
  • be able to engage in curriculum development and policy formation in school and community settings to enhance students' language and learning;
  • be able to devise and evaluate teaching strategies for improving students' language and learning abilities;
  • be able to identify, reflect on and propose solutions to difficulties associated with implementing new curricula and policies; and
  • have developed ways of communicating the findings of their research to others, both to other educators and to the wider community.

Assessment

One minor assignment (3,000 words): 37.5%
One major assignment (5,000 words): 62.5%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Anderson

Synopsis

This unit will focus on Indigenous issues in education. Focusing predominantly on Australia, it will provide scope for students to pursue issues of interest to them in their area of professional work. Providing effective, high standard mainstream education services to Indigenous students is one of the enduring challenges facing education bureaucracies, whether they are providing early childhood, primary, secondary or adult education services. This unit will engage with systems level issues in Indigenous education drawing on both education and organisational development literatures to provide students with a robust critical analysis of current practices and opportunity to develop a strategic change plan of relevance to their work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • extend their knowledge of the federal and state education policy frameworks shaping Indigenous education in Australia
  • extend their critical understanding of pedagogical issues in Indigenous education
  • extend their critical understanding of curriculum issues in Indigenous education
  • extend their critical understanding of assessment and measurement issues in Indigenous education.

Assessment

Essay - 4,000 words (50%); Strategic Change Plan (SCP) - 4,000 words (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

39 hours of 6 X 4 hour lecture seminar workshops, online discussions and individual meetings with teaching staff


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter De Vries

Synopsis

This unit deals with the research that informs the formulation of policy and practice in music education. Module 1 examines the historical development and philosophical bases of school music education and current trends in arts and music education policy. In Module 2 students will consider the implications of sociological understandings of music education policy and practice.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of current arts education policy and the position of music education in Australian schools;
  • appreciate the historical and philosophical influences that have shaped music education policy and practice in Australia; and
  • compare and evaluate alternative approaches to school music education from systems outside Australia.

Assessment

Module 1: Essay 4,000 words 50%. Module 2: Essay 4,000 words 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

24 hours per week, covering reading of distance materials, undertaking web-based research, completion of exercises, and preparation of assessment tasks.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Peter De Vries

Synopsis

In this unit there will be an investigation of selected topics from recent research relating to learning music. Students may consider : learning theories and their application to music education; the nature of creativity in music and its educational implications; issues of giftedness and talent in music education; critiques of recent arguments for transfer effects between music learning and other fields; and other current research issues.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of selected issues in recent research in music education;
  • evaluate different theories of learning and their application to music education; and
  • review current writings on the issues studied.

Assessment

Two essays (2 x 4000 words = 8000 words): 50% each

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Distance education workload requirement. 24 hours per week for reading distance education materials, web-based research, completion of exercises and assessment tasks.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on investigation of principles and practices of music education in selected European countries, focusing on traditions and methodologies that have had international influence. The role of music in society and the institutions involved in music education will be considered, as well as curriculum issues and methodologies in countries such as Germany, Austria and Hungary, focusing on Kodaly, Orff and Dalcroze approaches to music education. An optional field trip is offered of approx 2-3 weeks to Europe, visiting schools and music education institutes for classes and observation (generally including: Dalcroze Inst., Geneva; Kodaly Inst., Kecskemet; and Orff Inst., Salzburg).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the origin, development and principles of the Kodaly, Dalcroze and Orff approaches to music education;
  • compare these approaches and the extent to which they are compatible;
  • consider how the principles of each approach might apply to the student's own teaching; and
  • be aware of adaptions and developments that have occurred when these approaches have been transferred to Australian and other educational environments.

Assessment

Two Essays or equivalent (2 x 4000 words each): 50%;

Contact hours

Equivalent of 24 hours per week over a 13 week semester, including required reading, lectures, workshops, demonstrations, and completion of assessment tasks.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.
This unit recognises the complex literate demands placed on students due to technological advancements, an increasingly globalised world, diverse classroom contexts, and the importance literacy plays in learning, employment and community participation. Participants explore what literacy means in contemporary society and they investigate both national and international literacy policy environments. Further they will gain an understanding of the important links between improved literacy standards and school performance through building teacher capacity, investing in professional learning, evidence based practice, effective leadership and community partnerships.

Outcomes

  1. Develop a sound understanding of the roles and functions of literacy and multi-literacies as a means by which individuals think, learn and communicate in the 21st century
  2. Develop a theoretical understanding of contemporary ideas related to knowledge and learning
  3. Develop a knowledge of the changing nature of literacy with reference to emerging technologies
  4. Investigate national and international policy environments in relation to literacy reform.
  5. Develop an understanding of the complex literacy issues both national and international in relation to the diverse student population of contemporary classrooms.
  6. Develop an understanding of the important links between improved literacy standards and school performance through building teacher capacity; investing in professional learning, evidence based practice, effective leadership and community partnerships.
  7. Develop a knowledge of the broad research base that points to effective elements of literacy improvement and school reform.

Assessment

1. Report - Compare and contrast an international literacy policy environment with current policies in DEECD - 50% (equivalent 4000 words), and
2. Group project - Develop workshop for colleagues on incorporating multi-literacies across the curriculum - 50% (equivalent 4000 words)

Contact hours

Workload requirement of 24 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.
This unit presents the theoretical and empirical bases of effective literacy instruction, the learning process and the principles, strategies, skills and knowledge for effective literacy teaching. It incorporates important ideas from relevant curriculum documents and teaching frameworks (VELS, PoLT E5 etc). It advocates explicit teaching, integrating literacy learning across the curriculum and the use of data to inform teaching and learning.

Outcomes

  1. Develop an understanding of the principles of learning and teaching (PoLT) and how this relates to effective literacy pedagogy and student outcomes
  2. Develop a knowledge of evidence based strategies that support the development of reading, writing, viewing and oral language in both the early and middle years of school
  3. Explore explicit teaching practices in relation to aspects of literacy such as reading, grammar, phonics, writing etc
  4. Develop a critical understanding of various literacy assessment strategies including running records, observation surveys, moderation, NAPLAN, TORCH, on line survey etc
  5. Apply the E5 instructional model in relation to literacy pedagogy in roles both as a literacy leader and educator.
  6. Develop a knowledge of the various debates surrounding literacy teaching and learning and the new theoretical frameworks that inform both a socio-cultural and a pedagogy of multi-literacies
  7. Develop a knowledge of the research related to underperforming groups in literacy eg boys, low socio economic, Indigenous, ESL
  8. Examine the various approaches and strategies related to underperforming groups in literacy.

Assessment

1. Workshop: Individually or in pairs design and implement a workshop for colleagues using the E5 instructional framework related to some aspect of effective literacy learning (4000 words): 50%; and
2. Research paper: Write a research paper related to an underperforming group of students (eg. Boys, Indigenous, ESL etc) (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

Workload requirement of 24 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.
This unit is based on the premises inherent in the Effective Schools Model and the Developmental framework for school Leadership. It will offer participants strategies to provide effective literacy leadership in their schools. Participants will develop the skills and confidence to plan, implement and evaluate whole school literacy initiatives aimed at improving student outcomes and school performance.

Outcomes

  1. Explore the Effective Schools Model and Developmental Framework for School Leadership
  2. Appraise their leadership potential and capacity through iLead
  3. Explore and apply models of peer support such as coaching
  4. Examine the process and approach to evidence based practice for strategic planning and leadership to improve student literacy outcomes.
  5. Develop a familiarity and working knowledge of a range of diagnostic instruments and other data eg NAPLAN to assist school assessment and reports to parents and students on progress and strategic targets
  6. Learn to set targets and sensible and effective goals to improve student literacy outcomes
  7. Learn how to develop a community of literacy educators including teachers, parents, students and community with a common vision
  8. Develop an understanding of the departmental requirements for strategic planning, in particular literacy, including their design, implementation and ongoing evaluation
  9. Understand the links between strategic planning, professional development and resourcing

Assessment

1. Individual research report - Critical reflection of their current and potential leadership capacity - 40% (4000 words); and 2. A synthesis and critical analysis of current systemic literacy assessment tools that support strategic planning and literacy reform - 60% (4000 words)

Contact hours

Workload requirement: 24hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wee Tiong Seah

Synopsis

Research approaches for investigating learning and teaching in school science and mathematics classes, the outcomes of this research, and the implications of these outcomes for the practices of science and mathematics education. Developmental and information processing theories, especially Piaget, Ausubel, and a range of constructivists. Individual and social constructivist perspectives especially their research approaches and findings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • understand research methods currently used in studies of science and mathematics learning;
  • be familiar with ways these research methods have changed and the links between these changes and the nature of the questions asked by researchers, understand ways in which research on science and mathematics learning has informed the practices of teaching; and
  • appropriate links between recently-created pedagogies and the nature of learning.

Assessment

Library research paper (2500 words): 30%
Short research paper (2500 words): 30%
Report (3500 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Helen Forgasz

Synopsis

How science and mathematics are represented in curricula, and how new knowledge is incorporated into the curriculum. Major influences of the last forty years, including first and second generation curriculum projects, and their purposes and consequences; the Science-Technology-Society and Science for All movements; the Realistic Mathematics and Ethnomathematics movements; how issues of participation from gender and minority perspectives have influenced curriculum thinking; approaches to analysing the nature and purposes of science curricula. Global trends towards national curricula and standards will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should understand:

  • how science and mathematics are represented in school curricula, and how new knowledge is incorporated into the curriculum;
  • approaches to analysing the nature and purposes of science and mathematics curricula;
  • major curriculum influences of the last forty years, including first and second generation curriculum projects, and their purposes and consequences, and the Science-Technology-Society and Science for All Movements, the Realistic Mathematics and Ethnomathematics movements;
  • how issues of participation from gender and minority perspectives have influenced curriculum thinking;
  • why there are currently global trends towards national curricula and assessments of standards at both national and international levels.

Assessment

Written report (3500 words): 40%
Two assignments (2X2500 each = 5000 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.
This unit examines the processes for working with numeracy and mathematics teachers to support them in their work. This includes communication processes, effective leadership skills, characteristics of successful leaders, strategies for leading improvement and characteristics of staff motivation, the role of emotions, resources management, and effective facilitation of meetings.
It also examines the nature of numeracy, the ways that it relates to mathematics and to the curriculum broadly, the ways of incorporating numeracy into the curriculum, and its connection to international, national, and school based assessment.
Candidates will also demonstrate knowledge and understanding of recent research and/or professional developments; engage and interact with leaders of numeracy learning from other schools; and access and use effectively, relevant library and other information services.

Outcomes

The participants will:

  • Examine strategies for effective leadership of mathematics and numeracy teachers
  • Explore issues associated with management of departments and groups, including managing budgets and resources
  • Critique research and commentary on numeracy, its relationship to mathematics, and its role within all other curriculum areas
  • Review approaches to numeracy across the curriculum
  • Develop an appropriate strategy for promoting effective numeracy teaching among teachers.

Assessment

Analytical report (4000 word equivalent): 50%; and Developmental project (4000 word equivalent): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workload requirement of 24 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Barbara Clarke

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.
There are two main foci for this unit. The first involves examination of key theories of learning, how these apply to numeracy learning, the nature of engagement in learning, key environmental factors influencing numeracy learning such as language, gender, cultural background, SES, and the role of beliefs, motivation, and persistence. The issues of equity will be addressed, as will approaches to redress differences in achievement, along with processes for intervention to support individual learners.
The second focus relates to the nature of curriculum and the role of numeracy. Noting the commitment of Victoria to implementing the national curriculum and the key role of numeracy within that curriculum, this study will include examination of the principles of the curriculum generally, the role and contribution of numeracy to each of the curricula written, the implication of these for school based programs, the ways that learning is assessed. In particular the implications for school, level, and class planning and teaching will be considered.

Outcomes

The participants will:

  • Examine theories of learning numeracy and mathematics
  • Explore key environmental factors that influence learning, and ways of addressing those factors
  • Review both theories of curriculum and current curricula, especially as they related to numeracy and mathematics
  • Critique processes for assessing and reporting on numeracy learning
  • Consider process for initiating and sustaining school based improvement in learning, curriculum development and assessment of numeracy.

Assessment

Analytical report (4000 words): 50%; and Developmental project (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workload requirement of 24 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan

Synopsis

Only offered to cohorts.

This module examines the challenge of leading improvement in numeracy and mathematics teaching, which involves establishing possible goals for teaching, establishing relevant baselines, using evidence to inform planning and teaching, establishing interim targets, and considering processes for prompting and supporting teacher improvement.

This includes examination of models of teaching mathematics and models of numeracy teacher learning, and the challenges associated with the various models. In particular the E5 model for planning teaching and evaluating teaching mathematics and numeracy will be examined in detail and the ways that this can be used to inform teacher self evaluation.

The unit also includes the processes for gathering evidence about numeracy teaching and student learning, the processes for analysing such evidence, and the techniques of preparing reports that can serve as an initiator of improvement.

Outcomes

The participants will:

  • Examine the nature of knowledge for teaching numeracy and mathematics, and ways of defining and enhancing such knowledge
  • Explore processes for working with teachers that can allow critique of numeracy, mathematics and the ways these are learned
  • Develop strategies for working with teachers that have the effect of engaging them in numeracy learning while examining their own beliefs about numeracy and mathematics teaching
  • Gather and analyse evidence of numeracy learning
  • Consider the approaches and processes of whole school numeracy and mathematics plans.

Assessment

Analytical report : 50% (4000 words); Developmental project : 50% (4000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workload requirement: 24 hrs per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Shu-Hua Chao

Synopsis

This unit explores the complex interaction between digital technologies and both education and society. Students will debate if technology actually enhances learning and will investigate the implications of emerging technologies in work/study, leisure and play. Critical issues will be discussed including the digital divide, identity, cyber threats, globalisation, and emerging forms of social practice. The unit will explore the discourse surrounding technological evangelism and question why technology adoption continues to lag in education and what can be done about it. The unit is run in flexible mode (online and on-campus) and presumes only a basic familiarity with computers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  • developed an awareness of the impact of digital technologies such as the computer and internet on various aspects of contemporary society and an understanding of the interactions of this with education; and
  • a critical understanding of the implications for policies, practices and potential for digital technologies in education.
  • an understanding of the discourse surrounding educational technologies; and
  • an understanding of the issues and strategies surrounding the innovation and adoption of technologies in the workplace, teaching and learning.

Assessment

Assessment 1 - Learning Portfolio (3500 words equiv.): 40%; and Assessment 2 - Essay or Project (4500 word equiv.): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

The unit explores techniques, problems and implications of the selection, evaluation, design, and implementation of familiar and emerging educational technologies. Students will design and implement their own evaluation tools and methodology and will be encouraged to experience, design and critique a variety of emerging educational technologies such as social media, mobile phones, virtual worlds, interactive devices, augmented reality and digital games. The development of games and immersive environments for learning will be given special focus. The technologies in this unit will change according to emerging trends and access. The unit presumes only a basic familiarity with computers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  • an understanding of techniques, problems and implications of the selection, evaluation, design, and implementation of educational technologies;
  • developed their own evaluation tools and methodology and applied these in the evaluation of unfamiliar applications of educational technologies;
  • an understanding of current practices and emerging trends in the use of educational technologies and be able to analyse those technologies in terms of teaching and learning affordance;
  • applied educational theory in the design and construction of learning activities using emerging educational technologies.

Assessment

1. Two evaluation tasks (2 x 2000 words each = 4000 words): 50%
2. Critical Portfolio or Design Project (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

The unit explores theories, models and practical strategies of instructional design from cognitive and behavioural psychology, sociocultural theory and emerging models of digital engagement. This unit has a special focus on online teaching and learning but has applicability across media and modes. Students are immersed in a collaborative and student-centred environment as they both experience and critique the design of online technologies, materials, activities and assessments. This unit is highly relevant for educators in all sectors who are grappling with how to best design, facilitate and assess online teaching and learning. The unit presumes only a basic familiarity with computers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  • describe theories , models and practical strategies of instructional design;
  • explain the relationships between flexible learning, instructional design and educational technologies, with reference to the structures of design, management and characteristics of technology;
  • critique the design of online materials, activity and assessment;
  • describe the applications of virtual learning environments, wikis, forums, social media and other educational technologies for the purpose of learning, and
  • demonstrate an awareness of the issues involved in the development of flexible learning, the theories and processes of instructional design and the application of educational technologies, especially online systems.

Assessment

Assessment 1 - Learning Portfolio (3500 words equiv.): 40%; and Assessment 2 - Research article or Project (4500 word equiv.): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

24 hours per week in participation, reading, research and assessment. Students should allocate 6 hours per week in interacting via the discussion forum or other CMC (e.g. two hours three times per week), another 6 hours in reading and research, and
another 4 hours in creating and designing. The remainder devoted to fulfilling assessment requirements. Face to face seminars will be held irregularly as most of the instruction and interaction will be conducted through computer mediated communications. Face to face and online events will be advertised through MUSO and via email.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

In this unit, core research-based psychotherapies and psychological counselling skills are studied and practised. Topics include various current psychotherapies, models of psychotherapeutic helping, advanced skills, issues in evaluating evidence and outcome, assumptions and issues underlying research paradigms in counselling psychology, psychopharmacology, diversity-sensitive psychotherapy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and application of various psychotherapies and relevant psychological counselling microskills and be able to integrate them to conduct effective sessions; and
  • be able to describe and apply sound practice principles concerning the therapeutic relationship, setting, record keeping and varied interventions.

Assessment

Clinical Development Essay and Journal (equivalent to 5000 words): 55%; Transcript and annotation of counselling session (equivalent to 3000 words): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one (1) week Residential school

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Pieterse

Synopsis

Practical casework in psychological assessment. Skills include diagnostic testing in a clinical context, personality and neuropsychological tests for screening purposes, and cognitive and intelligence testing. Strategies for testing different age groups. The unit will emphasize the relationship of psychopathology to assessment and diagnosis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • administer and interpret a wide range of psychological tests and assessment instruments;
  • they should be able to give a diagnosis of clients on the basis of psychometric assessment, interview and mental status;
  • write a comprehensive assessment report and they should also have acquired the necessary theoretical and psychometric background to assess the value and uses of assessment instruments.

Assessment

Practical work and fieldwork
Minor weekly assignments
Three detailed case reports (3 x 2700 approx. each = 8100 approx. words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one (1) week residential school.

Prerequisites

EDF6501 and successful completion of an Australian Psychological Society (APS) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

This unit builds on core learning from EDF6501, further developing clinical and professional psychological practice in a sound ethical context. In the linked topics on psychotherapy with more than one, couple, family and group psychotherapeutic interventions are studied and practised. Topics include ethical, moral and legal responsibilities and dilemmas in clinical practice, assessing professional competencies and managing boundaries and multiple clients, and ethical psychological research and reporting. In the linked topics on 'counselling more than one', couple, family, and group psychotherapeutic interventions are studied and practised.

Outcomes

As a result of studying the first part of this unit, students will develop an appreciation of how psychotherapy with more than one differs from individual psychotherapy and acquire some essential concepts of human systems functioning and inter-relational psychodynamics. Through experiential exercises and guided practise, students will develop some initial competencies for psychotherapy with couples, groups and organisations and to assist individual clients in their wider contexts and be able to critically consider the research concerning the scientific evaluation of various psychotherapies. Students will also study and be prepared to implement the ethical requirements of the Australian Psychological Society and their relevant State Psychologists Registration Boards, develop and demonstrate critical thinking about the higher level conceptualisation of the ethical, legal and psychological issues associated with human behaviour and psychological practice, and monitor and develop their own abilities and well-being as clinicians.

Assessment

One clinical research-oriented class presentation and accompanying paper (4000 words): 50%; and One essay or case study (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

For off-campus, students must attend a one-week residential school

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6501


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with an advanced understanding of typical and atypical psychological development across the lifespan. Within the context of an introduction to the advanced therapeutic counselling process, students will learn to facilitate the cycle of effective intervention, behaviour analysis, and change. This unit comprises three sections: typical development, atypical development and behaviour change. Counselling areas (further advanced in EDF6512) include self-reflection, mentoring, establishing a professional relationship a professional relationship, appropriate communication, counselling, and specific intervention skills for children, adolescents, adults, elders and families. Students are introduced to an advanced theoretical understanding of developmental psychology, focusing on a dynamic perspective of developmental outcomes as the result of person-environment interactions. Discussion will also include the development of children with disabilities in the context of the family, and how to facilitate their education within the community.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students will have developed:

  • evidence-based understanding of human developmental stages and processes, throughout the lifespan
  • high level skills in psycho-educational assessment and treatment approaches for problematic and atypical development
  • the basics of high level skills in the requisite counselling processes and therapeutic skills including trust, role appreciation, self-reflection and collaboration for effective case management to facilitate positive adjustment in human development
  • advanced skills and critical orientation to undertaking behaviour analysis in relation to maladjustment and specific developmental problems.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment; one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes.
Assessment 1: 2500 words equivalent; 30%
Assessment 2: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Assessment 3: 2800 words equivalent; 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 3 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology and enrolment in MPsych (Educational and Developmental).


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

The practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Students spend between one and four days per week on placement. In all, students undertake three placements (one minor and two major). Total hours on placement must be at least 1000 (125 days) over the three placements. Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and have regular contact with their university supervisors. Clinical placement in psychology 1 is flexibly timed. In this placement students are expected to complete 144 hours (18 days) of practical experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the three practica units, students should have developed:

  • advanced knowledge and skills for assessment, counselling and intervention;
  • advanced report writing skills;
  • an advanced knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational & developmental psychology.

Assessment

Supervisor evaluations: 100%. EDF6507 is evaluated as pass grade only.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

144 hours (18 days) of clinical placement experience (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator).

Prerequisites

Satisfactory performance in relevant academic units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Miss Liza Ng

Synopsis

The practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Students spend between three and four days per week on placement. In all, students undertake three placements (one minor and two major). Total hours on placement must be at least 1000 (125 days) over the three placements. Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and also have regular contact with their university supervisors. Clinical placement in psychology 2 is usually undertaken in semester 01.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the three practica units, students should have:

  • developed advanced knowledge and skills for assessment, counselling and intervention;
  • advanced report writing skills; an advanced knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational and developmental psychology.

Assessment

Written case study (4800 words equiv.): 60%
Supervisor evaluations (3200 word equiv.): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

432 hours (54 days) of clinical placement experience, including a minimum of 150 client contact hours (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator).

Prerequisites

Satisfactory performance in relevant academic units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

The practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Students spend between three and four days per week on placement. In all, students undertake three placements (one minor and two major). Total hours on placement must be at least 1000 (125 days) over the three placements. Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and also have regular contact with their university supervisors. Clinical placement in psychology 3 is usually undertaken in semester 02.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the three practica units, students should have:

  • developed advanced knowledge and skills for assessment, counselling and intervention; advanced report writing skills;
  • an advanced knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational & developmental psychology.

Assessment

Written case study (4800 words equiv.): 60%
Supervisor evaluations (3200 word equiv.): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

432 hours (54 days) of clinical placement experience, including a minimum of 150 client contact hours (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator).

Prerequisites

Satisfactory performance in relevant academic units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Boyle

Synopsis

This unit concerns effective practice in the psycho-educational assessment and support of exceptional children, adolescents and adults including learners with disabilities as well as those with academic and other talents. It explores debates around crucial issues involved in working across a range of human service systems. Topics include reviewing different contemporary models and acquiring the skills required for the practice of educational and developmental psychology: professional consultation and collaboration, working with individuals, understanding systems such as school systems and disability services, and at the levels of international, federal and state policy. Consideration will also be given to the practice models in line with government disability assessments and related legal and ethical principles, as well as cross-cultural issues and social justice issues such as inclusion. The unit includes a research component to build research writing and data analysis skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • understand contemporary theoretical concepts and related research, as well as inclusive, legal, ethical and systemic factors influencing psychological and educational approaches for assisting adjustment and acceptance of exceptionality
  • demonstrate knowledge and apply a range of skills appropriate to collaborative professional practice with schools, community practitioners and other organisations across a range of systems
  • understand the nature, identification and adjustments associated with learning difficulties and exceptional abilities
  • apply an appropriate research methodology in the field of Educational and Developmental Psychology demonstrated by developing a viable research proposal in preparation for a forthcoming research project.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment; one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes.
Assessment 1: 2500 words equivalent; 30%
Assessment 2: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Assessment 3: 2800 words equivalent; 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 3 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6511 and successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit presents a psychometric approach to the identification of individual differences in cognition and personality, and adjustment across the lifespan at an advanced level. Students critically debate and review contemporary research and theories of abilities, personality and psychopathology as well as ethical, cultural, and professional issues. They gain experience in administering and reporting a range of essential psycho-educational assessment instruments, assessing abilities, personality, and adjustment of children from pre-school age to adults in old age. They develop skills in report writing, planning intervention, and self-reflection on the processes and professional relationships involved in psychological testing, all developed in a context of peer review and support.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to demonstrate:

  • understanding of the fundamental basics of psychological test construction, reliability and validity
  • a critical appreciation of the current research literature on psychological testing and construct validation
  • knowledge of the professional ethical, cultural and psychometric issues which arise when assessing and reporting on the intellectual and academic abilities, personality and psychopathology of individuals across the lifespan
  • the ability to select appropriate means of assessment for individuals of different ages and deficits or strengths
  • advanced skills in administration and scoring of intelligence tests, psychopathology and personality instruments, behavioural checklists and tests of academic attainment suitable for use with individuals and groups across the lifespan, including the administration and scoring of tests for individuals with sensory and neurological deficits
  • skill in accurate, clear and constructive file keeping on sessions with clients and accuracy, clarity, appropriateness and constructive communication in reporting the conclusions of testing in written reports for various purposes such as ascertainment for eligibility of funding, curriculum adjustment or clinical programming
  • reflection on their personal role, interpersonal skills, impact, responsibilities and relationships as a clinician reporting psycho-educational assessments and recommendations.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment; one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes.
Assessment 1: 2500 words equivalent; 30%
Assessment 2: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Assessment 3: 2800 words equivalent; 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 3 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with developing a sound evidence-based understanding of, and required skills for working with, individuals and therapeutic groups across the lifespan on the identification, intervention, and treatment of psychological problems and psychopathology incorporating an educational and developmental perspective. Ethical, legal issues and case management issues (eg keeping records) are considered. The unit develops participants' understanding and skills in clinical interventions in relation to a broad range of child, adolescent and adult problems and psychopathology.

Outcomes

At the completion of this unit students will have developed:

  • personal clinical skills and self-reflective capacities to an advanced level
  • an ability to identify and develop evidence-based intervention and treatment programs for psychological problems and psychopathology across the lifespan, including reactive and behavioural difficulties, adjustment and relational difficulties, depression and anxiety, difficulties associated with various developmental stages including old age
  • a capacity to implement a range of evidence-based approaches with a particular emphasis on cognitive and behavioural principles
  • appropriate understanding of research methodologies for evaluating evidence-based practice
  • understanding of associated legal/ethical issues
  • a knowledge of local human service systems relevant to the needs of the professional psychologist.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment; one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of on-line quizzes.
Assessment 1: 2500 words equivalent; 30%
Assessment 2: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Assessment 3: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Each assessment task forms a hurdle requirement. Students must achieve a minimum of 50% in each of the tasks in order to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week including 3 hours contact per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6504 and an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alex Pieterse

Synopsis

In the first part of this unit, students revise and build on psychological research planning and writing skills and develop a counselling psychology research proposal. In the second and third modules, instruction and practice in several differing psychotherapeutic approaches is provided. Topics may vary from year to year, and may include cognitive behavioural and experiential, focusing and mindfulness therapeutic approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • Demonstrate high level understanding and appropriate use of several differing advanced psychotherapeutic approaches in counselling psychology.
  • Develop and present a research proposal for a thesis (either minor masters or PhD) in counselling psychology.

Assessment

Research proposal (4000 words) 50%
Critical essay (4000 words) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours each week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one (1) week Residential School

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Claire Hutton (First semester, Clayton evening); Mr Ilan Lohr (First semester, Clayton off-campus, Second semester, Clayton evening); Dr Susan Miller (Second semester, Clayton off-campus); Dr Brett Furlonger (Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to a range of issues and approaches to counselling across the lifespan. Students will identify psychological issues that arise in the course of normal lifespan development; explore practice frameworks including historical background and contemporary ideas; be introduced to the process of therapy; learn to distinguish between preventative and remedial interventions; explore multicultural counselling; ethics in counselling and learn how to apply a variety of strategies to counselling interventions across the lifespan.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • understand the theory and frameworks of the major schools of counselling and psychotherapy;
  • be able to relate appropriate therapeutic approaches and a range of strategies to the corresponding developmental stage focusing on child/adolescent, adult and the aged;
  • explore alternate modes of delivery including online and telephone counselling;
  • understand the qualities and skills needed to be an effective counsellor; and explore the ethical principles and practices related to counselling

Assessment

Group Case Study Analysis 1 (2400 words): 30%; and
Individual Case Study Analysis 2 (5600 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

On campus students attend 3 hours of lectures per week, with an additional 21 hours per week private study time involving activities such as electronic reference searching completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation.
'For Singapore and Hong Kong students, there is on-line study as well as an intensive face to face week'.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off campus students require 24 hours per week private study time involving activities such as electronic reference searching completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Barnes (First semester off-campus);

Synopsis

The unit is designed:

  • to introduce students to the central approaches to counselling and psychotherapy;
  • to enable the learning and practice of skills in a systematic manner;
  • to engage students in a critical appraisal of their performance as counsellors;
  • to apply information about the therapeutic alliance and other relevant strategies for helping clients in counselling therapy;
  • to cultivate sensitivity to other people's ways and preferences, cultural or personal;
  • to prompt students to consider their own values and style and how that may affect the success of their counselling.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are to introduce students to the central approaches to counselling and psychotherapy; to enable the learning and practice of skills in a systematic manner; to engage students in a critical appraisal of their performance as counsellors; to apply information about the therapeutic alliance and other relevant strategies for helping clients in counselling therapy; to cultivate sensitivity to other people's ways and preferences, cultural or personal. To prompt students to consider their own values and style and how that may affect the success of their counselling.

Assessment

Assessment 1: Self-appraisal of Therapeutic Practice (5000 words): 60%; and Assessment 2: Critical evaluation of a major therapeutic orientation (3000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a compulsory 3 (three) day Residential School


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jeff Roberts (Second semester off-campus,Term 3 Hong Kong and Singapore); Dr Jenny Barnes (Second semester evening); Dr Brett Furlonger (Term 1 Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

The unit will introduce the principles of construction, administration and interpretation of measures of assessment relevant to counsellors. Formal and informal assessment measures will be looked at and some practical experience in their administration will be gained.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are:

  • to gain an understanding of the principles of test construction;
  • to understand the differences between standardised tests and informal inventories and their various uses;
  • to gain experience in the administration and interpretation of measures of self-esteem, non-verbal intelligence, career development and special ability tests.

Assessment

Group Assessment Plan 2400 words (30%)
Individual Assessment Report 5600 words (70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Douglas Scott (First semester off-campus, Term 1 Singapore); Ms Leesa Tinney (First semester evening, Term 4 Hong Kong and Singapore); Dr Susan Miller (Term 1 Hong Kong)

Synopsis

Research into the issues commonly raised by clients in a variety of counselling settings has shown that there is a core of problems which frequently occur. These can be divided into several areas; firstly, difficulties arising in relationships, including personal, family, work and community; secondly, conflicts within an individual's personal habits, and thirdly, challenges to do with maturation and ageing. This unit aims to provide students with background information on these issues and effective evidence based methods for dealing with them. This will focus on cognitive and behavioural techniques commonly used to help individuals cope with the stress caused by many of these problems.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are:

  • to introduce students to a core of problems raised by counselling clients;
  • to provide information about the social contexts of these problems;
  • to provide information about the personality factors within individuals which contribute to these problems;
  • to describe the counselling techniques used to help people in these problematic settings; and
  • to instruct students in using ancillary techniques which help people cope in general.

Assessment

Two case studies, each covering analysis, discussion of theoretical background to treatment alternatives but majoring on CBT, and then illustrating possible intervention by setting out a CBT based case plan in practical detail (2 x 4000 words each): 50% each task.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6531 or Corequisite


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

The Psychology thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology, undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psych Thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6536 Psychology thesis part 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  1. Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. Identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. Select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. Select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. Consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6536 the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing in the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students must successfully complete coursework units. However, students may, with the written agreement of the course adviser, undertake a thesis before completing all the coursework requirements.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg (Semester 1, Off-campus); and TBA (Semester 2, Off & On-campus, Clayton)

Synopsis

The Psychology thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology, undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6535 Psych thesis part 1), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  1. Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. Identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. Select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. Select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. Consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535 the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6535 Psych thesis part 1.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr J Roodenburg

Synopsis

The Psychology thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6535 Psychology thesis part 1, EDF6536 Psychology thesis part 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  1. Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. Identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. Select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. Select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. Consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535 and EDF6536, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6535 and EDF6536. Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

The Psychology thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6535 Psychology thesis part 1, EDF6536 Psychology thesis part 2 and EDF6537 Psychology thesis extension 1), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • Identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535, EDF6536 and EDF6537, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6537 Psychology extension 1. Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

The Psychology thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

By the completion of this unit (and EDF6535 Psychology thesis Part 1, EDF6536 Psychology thesis Part 2, EDF6537 Psychology thesis extension 1 and EDF6538 Psychology thesis extension 2), students should be able to produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD.

Specifically, they should be able to:

  • Devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  • Identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  • Select and review relevant theory and literature
  • Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  • Select appropriate modes of analysis
  • Consider ethical issues involved in research
  • Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  • Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535, EDF6536, EDF6537 and EDF6538, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Students may, after examination, require time to make substantial revisions to their thesis. A case needs to be made and with the support of their supervisor, a student may enrol in EDF6539.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Leesa Tinney (First semester off-campus); Mr Scott Douglas (Second semester evening, Term 2 Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit builds on core learning and further develops professional counselling practice in a sound ethical and legal context. Topics include: implementing ethical principles and codes of practice; moral and legal responsibilities; personal, social and professional values; diversity, sensitive issues and practice; duty of care; confidentiality and privacy issues; referral; dealing with multiple clients; and managing boundaries and professional relationships.

Outcomes

As a result of studying this unit, students will:

  • understand and be prepared to implement the professional, ethical, social, legal and moral obligations of counsellors;
  • comprehend the ethical requirements of the societies and professional organisations in the regions they plan to practice;
  • explore the functions and processes of these professional and legal bodies in dealing with ethical matters;
  • develop and demonstrate well informed decision-making processes regarding dilemmas arising in counselling;
  • determine professional competencies and limits of proficiency in a range of situations;
  • make appropriate referrals; and
  • monitor and develop their own abilities and well-being as counsellors.

Assessment

One essay on ethical issues in the practice of counselling (4,000 words): 50%; Responses to two case vignettes (1500 words each): 50%; Compendium (1000 words equivalent): ungraded pass

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

On campus local students: 3 hours of lectures per week, with an additional 21 hours per week private study time involving activities such as electronic reference searching completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation.
'For Singapore and Hong Kong students, there is on-line study as well as an intensive face to face week'.

Prohibitions

EDF6534


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anastasia Contos (First semester off-campus, Second semester evening); Ms Angela Gorman-Alesi (First semester evening, Second semester off-campus, Term 1 Hong Kong and Singapore); Dr Nicky Jacobs (Terms 2, 3 and 4 Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

The field placement (practicum) develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in counselling. Students complete one placement where they are required to spend a total of 280 hours, of which 100 hours are 'contact' hours (face to face counselling) and 180 hours are 'non contact'. Students are also required to participate in weekly online discussion groups and postings throughout the duration of the placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the field placement, students should have:

  • developed advanced knowledge and skills in professional practice and competency;
  • the implementation of ethical principles in field practice;
  • writing reports and case notes;
  • making appropriate specialist and agency referrals;
  • an advanced knowledge of local human services systems and
  • an understanding of legal and ethical principles relevant to the field of counselling.

Fieldwork

Overall students must complete a minimum of 280 hours (35 days) of field placement experience, including a minimum of 100 client contact hours

Assessment

A written case report (4,000 words): 60%
Supervisor Evaluation (4,000 word equivalents): 40% (comprising 30% Field Supervisor
10% University supervisor). Placement Hours: 280 Hours (35 days equivalent) of counselling experience, including a minimum of 100 client contact hours.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

On-campus students: one 3-hr workshop per week plus field experience
Off-campus students: online activities/discussions plus field experience
Offshore students: 5-day intensive plus field experience

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF6534


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 4 2013 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Inclusion of students with disabilities into regular school programs is a worldwide trend. This unit covers information on why inclusion is a better option for students with disabilities and what is required to make schools inclusive. The critical roles that school educators and parents play in making schools inclusive are also examined in the unit. The unit is primarily delivered using online mode.

Outcomes

It is anticipated that by completing the requirements of the unit students should:

  1. be aware of the implications of disabilities from an educational and developmental perspective,
  2. understand of the importance of educators' positive attitudes towards the inclusion of students with disabilities,
  3. be familiar with adaptations necessary for the school setting and instructional style,
  4. be familiar with the research and conceptual evidence in support of and against inclusive schooling,
  5. understand the critical role played by teachers, principals and parents to make inclusive education a realistic possibility for ALL students,
  6. be aware of physical and psychological characteristics of an inclusive classroom,
  7. be informed about policy at the school, state and national level.

Assessment

The formal assessment for this unit includes one written assignment (3000 words): 40% and one class presentation (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%. Additional tasks will include reading tasks and on-line discussions (flexibly delivered) (equivalent to 2000 words): 25%

Contact hours

3 hours per week (flexibly delivered including on-line discussion)

Prohibitions

GED0134


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg

Synopsis

The nature of giftedness; intellectual, social and emotional characteristics of gifted and talented students necessitating the modification of learning experiences; procedures and materials used to select students for enriched and accelerated learning opportunities; teaching strategies and materials appropriate for the regular classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • be able to describe the nature of giftedness in terms of current conceptions and definitions of giftedness and talent;
  • be able to recognise behavioural characteristics of gifted and talented students;
  • be able to describe the types of instruments and procedures used for identifying gifted and talented students;
  • have an understanding of different learning styles of gifted students;
  • have an understanding of affective learning, character education and leadership;
  • have an understanding of how to differentiate the curriculum for gifted and talented students;
  • have an understanding of different types of 'acceleration';
  • be aware of a range of instructional models in educating the gifted;
  • be able to recognise learning needs of diverse types of gifted students.

Assessment

The Reflective Journal is to record summaries and reflections on assigned readings (5,000-6,000 words): 60%+ Class project/paper (2,000-3,000 words): 40% .

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Psychological aspects relevant to the development and functioning of gifted and talented children and adolescents. Topics include talent development and self-actualisation and the interplay between creativity, thinking skills and the structure of intelligence. Other issues deal with procedures for counselling gifted students and their families.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of psychological aspects of gifted students, creativity and procedures for identifying these characteristics in children;
  • have knowledge and understanding of the social-emotional development of gifted and talented students;
  • have understanding of basic issues in counselling gifted children and their families;
  • have major approaches to education of gifted and talented children in relation to their social and emotional needs.

Assessment

The Reflective Journal is to record summaries and reflections on assigned readings (5,000-6,000 words): 60%
Class project/paper (2,000-3,000 words): 40% .

Contact hours

3 hours per week equivalent (flexible mode)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg

Synopsis

The nature of specific talents. Procedures to identify these talents. The nature of creativity, its assessment and strategies for development. The variation between the special populations of the gifted in respect to their needs and development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  • be able to describe the nature of specific talents and procedures to identify them;
  • be aware of the differing views of creativity and its assessment;
  • be able to apply the process for developing a mentoring program;
  • have an understanding of the needs, identification procedures and development of young (pre-school) gifted children;
  • have an understanding of the needs and development of prodigies and children with exceptionally high intellectual potential;
  • have an understanding of gifted children with learning disabilities in relation to their needs, assessment and appropriate programming procedures;
  • be able to identify gifted girls and have an understanding of their needs in order for them to realise their potential;
  • have an understanding of key issues in addressing the needs of gifted children with sensory or physical disabilities; be able to identify and cater for the needs of gifted under achievers;
  • have an understanding of the social and emotional development of gifted children and strategies to support their individual needs.

Assessment

A Reflective Journal (recorded summaries and reflections on assigned readings) (5000-6000 words): 60%; and Individual project/seminar paper [including a Class presentation -10%] (2000-3000 words in total): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland

Synopsis

Unit will analyse the relationship between the political, economic and social factors influencing contemporary early childhood education and care. An examination of national and international developments in policy, practice and research. The construction and reconstruction of early childhood education and care will be critiqued using a range of theoretical perspectives. Knowledge construction and its ratification within and external to the profession will be considered. Cross-cultural perspectives and global developments will be explored in relation to local enactments of policy and practice and insights into future orientations for early childhood education and care will be constructed

Outcomes

As a result of participating in this unit students will gain opportunities to:

  • analyse the relationship between the political, economic and social factors influencing contemporary early childhood education and care;
  • critically examine national and international developments in policy, practice and research for early childhood education and care;
  • develop understandings about knowledge construction and its ratification within and external to the profession of early childhood education;
  • consider cross-cultural perspectives and global development in relation to local and regional enactments of policy and practice in early childhood education; and
  • gain new insights into future orientations for early childhood education and care.

Assessment

Seminar or conference presentation and paper (4800 words): 60%
Structured journal (3200 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hilary Monk

Synopsis

In this unit students will critique the constructions of childhood and children across cultures and historical periods. In particular, students will deconstruct the images of the child found in the local, national and international literature, curriculum, and teaching programs and their associated environments. In drawing upon contemporary learning theories students will analyse the relationship between the contexts created for children and the beliefs held about children within the particular communities under study. Students will be encouraged to apply these new understandings to their work with young children and/or explore the possibilities for new curriculum design

Outcomes

As a result of participating in this unit students will:

  • gain opportunities to critique constructions of childhood and children across cultures and historical periods;
  • deconstruct the images of the child found in the local, national and international literature, curriculum, and teaching programs and their associated environments;
  • consider multiple views of childhood and children and the range of environments created to support learning;
  • draw upon contemporary theory to analyse the relationship between the contexts created for children's learning and the beliefs held about children across a range of cultures.

Assessment

Poster and Class Presentation (equivalent 3200 words): 40%
Written Report (equivalent 4800 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Bone

Synopsis

In this unit students will examine the nature of values and how these are central to the early childhood professional's connectedness with children, families, community and the profession. In this engagement with the ethical dimensions of early childhood education, students will be provided with the opportunity to explore a range of ethical issues including the ethics of care, the commitment to inclusion, the notion of quality and the ethics of researching children. Students will have the opportunity to examine these issues from local, national or global perspectives.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should be able to:

  • understand the nature of values and their link with early childhood education;
  • demonstrate an awareness of the complexity, commitments and the ethical dilemmas inherent in the work of an early childhood professional, articulate and defend a position on a chosen topic or issue using their understanding of the ethical dimensions related to this matter; and
  • critique the current debates in early childhood education concerned with ethics.

Assessment

Tutorial or conference presentation and paper (equivalent 5000 words) 60% and structured journal (equivalent 3000 words) 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week local students; (for Singapore students: there is ongoing study and a Face to Face workshop over four days)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

Processes and practices of globalisation and their implications for education. Theories of globalisation and internationalisation, multilateral organisations and structures, cultural and social identities, political and economic processes. Practices and future of international education, national educational systems and globalisation.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • discuss education in an international and historical context, particularly the relationship between education and national development, the role of educational multilateralism and contemporary challenges to these paradigms;
  • assess some of the current theories of globalisation and explore their utility in explaining the development of the policies and practices of international education;
  • critically assess some of the issues surrounding competing definitions of internationalisation as they relate variously to curriculum, pedagogy and the organisation of education; and
  • analyse Australian higher education policy through an understanding of its historical context, globalisation, and related educational issues of curriculum, pedagogy, and the administration of education and educational institutions.

Assessment

Major essay (5500 words): 60%;
Folio (2500 words): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

Understanding competing motivations for internationalisation of curriculum. Identifying and developing international and inter-cultural skills. Knowledge transfer across cultural and national boundaries. Curriculum and pedagogic approaches appropriate for culturally diverse classrooms.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • be familiar with the major global transformations that are changing education;
  • understand the manner in which cultural diversity interacts with forces of globalisation within the international field;
  • understand the reasoning of various institutions and agencies that promote internationalisation of education;
  • play an active part in the internationalisation of educational institutions; and
  • be able to engage in networking on the Internet as part of ongoing self-education, research and working requirements.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%; minor essay (2000 words): 25%; folio (2000 words): 25%.

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students are expected to maintain regular contact with the lecturers and other students in the class through the online environment; email, fax or phone, depending on which is most convenient. The unit consists of six topics presented sequentially. Each topic has been designed to be able to be completed over a two to three week period.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

World markets in international education in the context of globalisation, including on-shore and off-shore provision, cross-country collaboration and networking, on-line courses. International and global regulation of education, including accreditation, quality assurance, trade agreements and international agencies. Development of culturally informed approaches to providing, leading, managing and marketing international education. Reconciling educational, cultural institutional and economic objectives.

Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  • discuss international education markets in a global and historical context, with some knowledge both of the overall global picture in relation to foreign student education and transnational education, market activity in a number of countries, the regulatory environment in which international education takes place, and the role of quality assurance and of marketing;
  • understand the issues and dilemmas involved in the commercial production and distribution of an educational product, and the manifestation of those tensions in global geo-politics, e.g. relations between exporter English-language countries and importer less developed countries (LDCs); relate the foregoing to problems of professional practice.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%; minor essay (2000 words): 25%; folio (2000 words): 25%.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Offered as an off-campus distributed learning unit. Students are expected to maintain regular contact with the lecturer and other students in the class through the online environment, and by email, fax or phone, depending on which is most convenient.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Allie Clemans

Synopsis

Adult education theories, pedagogies and approaches related to adult learning and development in workplace, community and TAFE contexts. Exploration of theories and concepts in adult education and the application of an approach to designing learning activities for adults.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, participants will have examined and compared a range of theories in adult education and training. The implications of these theories in learning contexts will be evaluated. A critical understanding of the policy contexts shaping adult and vocational education and training will have developed. Participants will have considered and applied an approach to designing effective learning for adults.

Assessment

Critical review (4000 words):50%
Assignment (4000 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monica Green

Synopsis

This is an introductory core unit in the Master of Regional Education and Community Development. It is designed as a reflective practice unit to enable practitioners working in the broad field of community development, in urban and rural contexts, to develop their practice. Students will be introduced to the concepts of sustainability, place, and community development and to contemporary research in the area. It will use the frameworks of sustainability, place, and community, to examine how people learn about places and form sustainable communities in the places where they live and work. Students will undertake practitioner research in order to apply these theories to their practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this units students are expected to have:

  1. An understanding of the concepts of sustainability, place, and community development
  2. An understanding of the processes of community building and community engagement
  3. The ability to apply contemporary theories and research to their work in sustainable community development
  4. The skills to undertake practitioner research in sustainable community development and to change their practice in response to this research

Assessment

Assignment 1 - 3000 word written essay or reflective journal ; and Assignment 2 - 5000 (or equivalent written and visual text) word project plan and report

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 2 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the complexities of decision making in organisational contexts. Topics covered include: theoretical and philosophical analyses of the concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts; research approaches to understanding the nature of decision making and problem solving processes; an examination of how psychological, social, and contextual factors influence and shape decision making processes and outcomes in organisations; an analysis of how issues associated with power and authority affect decision making and related organisational structures and processes, and an exploration of how organisational structures and processes might be better designed to enhance decision making intelligence and organisational governance.

Outcomes

This unit aims to introduce students to how researchers have come to understand:

  1. Concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts.
  2. How good decisions ought to get made in administrative contexts.
  3. How decisions actually do get made in organisations.
  4. How factors associated with complexity, uncertainty, ambiguity, and social choice affect decision making in organisations.
  5. How organisations might be designed to improve decision making processes and outcomes, and better manage associated patterns of power and authority.

Assessment

2 Essays (2 x 4000 words each): Weighting of 50% each - totalling 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Philip Riley

Synopsis

Definitions of leadership and models of organisational leadership. Topics include: leadership formation and leadership as a career; the values and styles of leaders; organisational vision and mission statements; the identities of leaders; succession, selection and induction processes; heroic and post-heroic models of leadership, including distributed leadership; leadership standards.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students can be expected to have:

  • a better understanding of the nature of leadership as a context-bound, attributed status; leadership as a socially and institutionally constructed phenomenon;
  • the typical means by which leaders learn and acquire their leadership and construct career trajectories;
  • current issues, topics and recent trends in leadership theory and practice, particularly as these apply in a variety of policy contexts, educational and non-educational settings; and
  • the demands confronting all types of leaders in a variety of contexts and workplaces.

Assessment

2 Essays (2 x 4000 words each): 50% each - totalling 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 1 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zane Ma Rhea (Second semester off-campus); Mr Peter Anderson (Second semester evening, Term 1 Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the theory and practice of managing change in a range of organisational contexts. As means for achieving effective change, particular consideration is given to strategies for managing the effective development of organisational and human resource capability. Topics include understanding the nature of organisations, and practices associated with managing people, and issues power and authority in a complex globalised context. Human responses to change are also examined, and a variety of processes concerned with decision-making, problem-solving, organisational learning and knowledge management are explored and evaluated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  • acquired a detailed knowledge and understanding of the major trends in theories of organisations;
  • an understanding and critical appreciation of new organisational forms and organisational processes;
  • skills in devising a range of strategies and approaches to change management, team leadership and the enhancement of team-based and organisation-wide learning; and
  • knowledge and skills required to formulate their own understandings of management and change in the light of their own organisational practices.

Assessment

2 Essays (2 x 4000 words): 50% each - Totalling 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2013 (Evening)
Singapore Term 3 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Len Cairns (First semester, off-campus); Mr Peter Anderson (First semester, evening)

Synopsis

This unit examines Resource Management including human, financial administrative and knowledge management. Aspects of strategic planning, budgeting, Human Resource Management and business plans will be covered. Examination of factors associated with developing and maintaining a capable organisation with effective and efficient resource management will be the key feature. Students will be expected to develop a Business Plan for an organisation relevant to their employment and experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, student should have:

  • acquired understanding and knowledge of the key aspects of resource management in an organisation;
  • skills in developing and planning for successful resource management;
  • skills in developing an appropriate business plan for an organisation;
  • understanding of human resource management elements and their role in organisational success and coherence.

Assessment

One essay (2400 word equiv.): 30%
Business Plan (5600 word equiv.): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Unit explores the introduction of mentoring initiatives in organisations as a vehicle to support work related learning and development. Students will be introduced to different approaches and conceptual frameworks for considering mentoring, and the relationship between mentoring and the context in which it is located. It also provides students with the skills and knowledge necessary to effectively design and implement a workplace mentoring project. Students are given an opportunity to critically evaluate mentoring and to consider its merits in relation to other approaches to building workplace or occupational knowledges. Attention given to the development of professional identity in mentoring.

Outcomes

Students will achieve:

  • an understanding of the theory and practice of mentoring and coaching across a range of contexts;
  • expertise in assessing the viability and appropriate form of mentoring for their organisations;
  • the ability to establish the learning and development needs and goals of the organisation in relation to coaching & mentoring;
  • the development of skills in formal mentoring program design, coordination and review; and
  • an appreciation of the role of mentoring in the development of professional identity.

Assessment

1. A critical literature review (3,200 words): 40%;
2. A major work (4,800 words equivalent): 60%

Contact hours

29hrs coursework (12hrs intensively) and up to 270 hrs independent study throughout semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 3 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

The purpose of this unit is to provide students with a framework to understand and experience the incredible potential of living and learning in a global community that this program offers. The innovative nature of this cohort-based program, with units being taught in four different countries and universities, will make certain demands on students will as they encounter the diverse realities of other students' geographic locations. Through this unit, students will be introduced to the different ways in which globalisation manifests in people's lives, and how the learning devices and technologies they will use will aid them in interacting with other students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • interact freely and confidently, though asynchronously, with others from different contexts and cultures in an academic setting;
  • develop a personal learning profile which represents their entering achievements and characteristics;
  • develop an overall learning plan for the program based on self-assessment of their needs and opportunities;
  • record and reflect on their experiences in an intercontinental program and identify the implications of global change for their work in supporting learning in their own context.

Assessment

(i) Development of a personal learning portfolio and profile (20%)
(ii) a learning plan which will guide your choice of activities in the rest of the program (20%)
(iii) A continuing portfolio or record of learning and your reflections on their experience. This builds upon the groundwork completed in the first assessment task where you establish your learning portfolio (20%)
(iv) The development of a capstone statement demonstrating how you have met the capabilities of the program. This is completed at the end of the Masters program (30%)
(v) Participation in group discussion (10%).

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

None


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 4 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Terri Seddon

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theories of learning that emphasise contemporary rather than classical theories of learning. Key concepts from different perspectives are dealt with. Students will consider these theories and the key concepts as they relate to the different contexts of learning including the workplace, social movements, and community development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to apply theoretical perspectives to situations in daily life; be able to examine situations significant to them and their practice, and develop abilities to employ a comparative analysis to their exploration of adult learning theories as well as learning contexts.

Assessment

Assignment: (individual essay) 50%; Assignment: (group essay) 30%; and Activity in discussions: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Trimester 3 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Terri Seddon

Synopsis

Students to explore how globalization has and continues to reconfigure international and local contexts, as well as their own individual lives, where practices and policies of adult learning are being debated and redesigned. Students will be introduced to competing interpretations of globalization and development, considering the meaning that these concepts have in relation to market-driven economies, diversity and equity issues, and civil society and social movements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to: engage critically with conceptual perspectives on the relationship between adult education and development; examine the global and local development context of adult education in a 'middle income country'; provide opportunities to explore and develop understanding of transformative adult education in civil society contexts, in order to stimulate dialogue around the meaning of the concept 'global/local learning' and encourage critical discussion on the relationships between learning, politics and organisation in the context of civil society organisations and social movements.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (3000 words) 45%; Assignment 2 (3000 words) 45%; Participation in online discussion (10%).

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Term 2 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Term 2 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Terri Seddon (Clayton, Term 2, online); Dr Miriam Faine (Clayton, Second semester, flexible)

Synopsis

The unit will involve identifying, investigating, improving and reporting on a learning dimension of your work. The starting point is on your identity as a learning practitioner, that is, a person whose work focuses on learning in organisational settings, in local communities and/or in educational institutions. It builds on the current attention given to learning that occurs in everyday work practices as well as in formal educational settings. Several perspectives of learning are explored in this course, all of which emphasise the importance of the learners' personal, theoretical and cultural locations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and foster the learning dimension of your work
  2. critically examine and describe your identity as learner practitioners and the way this identity is constructed through a number of local and global conditions
  3. critically engage with various conceptual perspectives on learning in practice that may be influencing your work
  4. develop a critical analysis of your work and workplace.

Assessment

Online participation (10%); Assessment 1 (25%) - critical assessment of identity as a learning and development practitioner; Assessment 2 (25%) - discussion paper on the various conceptual understandings of learning in practice; and Assessment 3 (40%) - case study report

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 1 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Terri Seddon

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the changing relationship between the economy, workplace learning and adult education. The content is structured around two key themes, the changing discourse on work and learning and workplace learning. Central topics here are organizational learning, the learning organization and the debate on the benefits and disadvantages of informal workplace learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to: understand the issues concerning the relationship between the economy (both global and national), work and employment, and post-compulsory education and training, as well as of their implications; distinguish rhetorical discourse and substantive argument, and to recognize the key economic interests and political forces behind both; analyse and discuss these issues in the context of both national and international research and policy experience; and enhance analytical skills and reasoning based on research findings, the academic literature, and policy analysis.

Assessment

Assignment 1: Reading review is worth 20% of the total mark; Assignment 2: Essay is worth 30% of the total mark; and Assignment 3: Futures oriented report is worth 30% of the total mark; and Participation in the online discussions of the readings will be worth 20% of the total mark for the course.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Summer semester A 2013 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Professor Terri Seddon

Synopsis

This unit focuses on research and how to read research texts in order to understand and evaluate them critically. The unit is based on the assumption that research is perspective dependent. Research texts covering different approaches constitute the ground for critical analysis and interrogation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Enhance learners' initial understanding of research
  2. View differences in ways in which people understand and approach research
  3. Critically read examples of research
  4. Plan for a potential or anticipated research project

Assessment

Written tasks (80%); Short essay (600 words); Extended essay (1200 words) with peer review provided; Essay on research possibilities, discussing three ways of investigating your problem/topic (800 words); Research plan (5000 words); Participation in class discussion: 10%; and Working group contribution: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Synopsis

Unit one promotes self-and-other awareness and positions emotional preparedness as foundational to school leadership. It engages aspirant school leaders in personal and professional growth according to principles and practices of adult learning and development. Collaborative reflective practices examine cognitive and emotional meaning making systems in dynamic learning communities. A range of sources and learning modalities feature educational philosophy and learning theory issues. Durable bridges between practice and theory support the development of practical needs assessments and preliminary planning for school wide change projects.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. Complete regular reflective journal submissions that demonstrate considered and integrated personal, scholarly and professionally constructed meanings that use the appropriate reflective writer's content and 'voice' and culminates in a formal personal growth plan (4000 words) [Objective 1 & 2]
  2. Work self-directedly and collaboratively with peers to create a workshop/discussion project pertaining to unit topics-such as adult development models, emotions of leadership, educational philosophical documents, professional development for teachers, learning theories etc.- for use in face to face and online modalities. Presentation 'notes' including handout summary and interactive materials and online participation - (1500 words) [Objectives 2 & 3].

Based on study of extant research and readings on professional development planning and in response to school characteristics in student's professional setting, report on one relevant article and collaboratively develop a draft needs assessment for school wide application to determine professional learning needs of teachers and document collaboration notes from liaison with professional mentor and professional teacher colleagues. 2500 word report not including needs assessment document. [Objectives 2,3,4,5].

Assessment

Reflective writings culminating in personal growth plan (Equivalent to 4000 words) ( Objectives 1 and 2 ): 50%
Workshop delivery on course topic (Equivalent to 1500 words) (Objectives 2 and 3 ): 20%
Progress report on school wide change project (Equivalent to 2500 words) (Objectives 2, 3, 4, and 5 ): 30%

Contact hours

3 hrs per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit provides three modules that help to prepare the school leader to effect knowledgeable and intelligent change in her/his organization. Module one provides an introduction to theories of strategic change, and contexts for effecting change. Module two explores theories and practices for researching and leading change in schools, and managing associated human and social resources. Module three explores critical areas of concern for school development and improved performance across subject areas, and what leaders need to know to facilitate substantive and sustainable change.

Outcomes

At the completion of this Unit, students will be able to:

  1. Engage in meaningful consideration of theories of change, and assumptions that underlie change practices
  2. Use action research concepts and practices, development and performance principles, and organizational leadership to develop plans for facilitating strategic change
  3. Demonstrate awareness of unit topics - such as strategic change management theory and practice, school wide development and performance planning, and the management of organisational knowledge, learning and human and social resources in processes of leading change - in journal entries, and by engaging in the development and documentation of progress on an in-class group learning project and school and/or community collaboration project
  4. Read with discernment and write appropriately and substantially as a professional/scholarly action researcher.

Assessment

The written work (8,000 words) will be required across three assignments detailed in the following summary: 1. Review and report of action research project related knowledge from empirical articles and professional setting (4000 words) (Objectives 1, 2, 3, and 4) Weight: 50%. 2. Reflective journal writing (2500 words) (Objectives 1, 3, 4) Weight: 30%. 3. Work self-directedly and collaboratively with peers by participating in the online forum discussions and in the design, construction and peer evaluation of a group learning project (1500 words): 20% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, and 4).

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

No prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit is designed to engage students in local and global networks and communities of practice so as to expand their perspective on the immediate and larger context for their work as school leaders. This unit will expand the notion of integrated lenses including the following: law, politics and policy; economics; social and cultural challenges and opportunities; ICT mediated learning; participation in professional communities. The unit is to be offered as the required third unit of study in the Master in School Leadership course, usually taken in their third semester of part time study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in meaningful consideration of the broader issues of school and society as these pertain to school leadership
  2. use key concepts in social, cultural, philosophical, political, economic and other perspectives as lenses through which to consider their decision making practices
  3. apply their learning from module 1) School and Society, and module 2) Media, Politics Power and Policy in the context of a Network development project that complements their action research project
  4. demonstrate awareness of the use of evidence as a basis for school improvement through data analysis
  5. read with discernment and write appropriately and substantially as a professional/scholarly action researcher in preparation of the ethics application for their projects as a result of further development of their research design.

Assessment

Three written assignments (8000 words total):
1. Write a Literature Review suitable for publication in a professional journal (4000 words): 50%
2. Document, reflect upon and summarize participation in existing networks and the design and initiation of a new network that is aligned with and complementary to the purposes of the student's action research project (3200 words):40%
3. Work self-directedly and collaboratively with lecturers, and unit peers throughout the unit in online discussion forums provided and in particular within a sub-group of shared interest according to action research project topics. Prepare ethics application for submission to Monash Ethics Review Committee (800 words): 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week class contact and/or online learning and private study time.

Prerequisites

No prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

Students deepen their awareness of research methodologies and further develop skills in data gathering and analysis, review of the literature, articulating the professional project plan, and assessing and evaluating project progress. The unit provides scaffolded support for the preparation and submission of a journal article reporting on the student's project design development, and progress. The unit is offered as the required fourth unit of study in the Master in School Leadership course, usually taken in the fourth semester of part time study.

Outcomes

At the completion of this Unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify and validate an interpretation of a researchable problem in their professional setting
  2. Analyse available data to refine their understanding of the research problem
  3. Provide evidence of the collaborative/participative approach they have used to accomplish a shared understanding of the problem
  4. Review appropriate empirical, theoretical and professional literature related to the problem
  5. Explicate the alignment between choices made in designing and developing the project and the relevant literature6.Demonstrate familiarity with methodological perspectives and appropriateness of methods chosen to address the research problem including assessment and evaluation strategies
  6. Provide a detailed summary of the professional project implementation plan including key elements and timing
  7. Demonstrate awareness of ethical issues and provide evidence of having addressed these issues throughout the development, planning and early implementation phases of the project
  8. Provide progress report on the early stages of project implementation
  9. Write a scholarly article that provides evidence of the achievement of objectives 1- 9 above.

Assessment

The written work (8000 words) will be required across two assignments (2000 words and 6000 words) detailed in unit guide.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Angela Carbone

Synopsis

The Higher Education Project units are designed to bring about an increased awareness in teaching practice and improve student learning. In this unit, HED5031 Higher education project: design and literature review, candidates choose any area of teaching and learning in higher education and design a negotiated project that will enable them to investigate and improve their own teaching practice. Having successfully completed HED5031, candidates can choose to conduct the project to fulfil the requirements of the subsequent unit HED5032 Higher education project: data gathering and analysis.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, participants should be able to:

  1. negotiate and plan a project that is designed to bring about increased awareness in teaching practice and improve student learning;
  2. evaluate developments from both pedagogy and discipline-based research that are relevant to their personal teaching practice;
  3. identify suitable pedagogical research methodologies.

Assessment

Project proposal and literature review (Minimum 4,000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The equivalent of 2 contact hours per week (face-to-face and/or online) is expected on average. The remaining workload of 10 hours per week will include literature search and review time, reading and private study time, completion of the assessment activities.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jason Ceddia

Synopsis

The aim of HED5041 Postgraduate Research Supervision is to build research supervision capacity. The unit is designed and delivered by the MRGS and covers basic supervision protocols, standards and expectations of Monash University's research degree programs. The unit consists of nine modules which track the supervision cycle. Participants are encouraged to enhance their research supervision strategies by shadowing mentors and engaging in case study discussions and scenarios.

Outcomes

To build research supervision capacity by:

  1. working through the nine modules which cover the policy and procedures of the research supervision cycle at Monash University;
  2. observing and learning from mentors and students;
  3. engaging in discussion and reflection on case studies and critical situation scenarios;
  4. reflecting on and demonstrating the impact of study on research supervision on personal practice.

Assessment

Assessment will be by ePortfolio comprising evidence of the impact of the modules, case studies, mentor observations/discussion and reflection on the candidate's personal practice. In addition participants will be endorsed on their knowledge and readiness as part of the debriefing module. (50% portfolio and 50% oral examination/endorsement).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Candidates are required to complete the nine modules offered as part of the MRGS Level 1 Monash Supervisor Accreditation Program. The delivery time for each module will vary but the bulk of the learning will take place during the candidate's interaction with their mentor and the targeted observations and discussions that will take place within the faculty. On average each module will also involve approximately 8-9 hours of work and study comprising discussion, observations, reading /reflection time; an oral examination and evidence of learning such as an e-portfolio.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Tessa Dunseath

Synopsis

Learning and Teaching in Higher Education in South East Asia introduces participants to the teaching and learning cycle, focusing on the fundamental principles of teaching, learning and assessment within the international and South East Asian context. In this unit, effective teaching is viewed as a continually evolving practice based on review, reflection, and revision to suit the characteristics of the student cohorts in the South East Asian region. The significance of the impact of teaching on students' approaches to learning also frames the unit. Participants will focus on the principles for reviewing and developing engaged teaching and inclusive, student-centred materials. Participants will develop learning outcomes, align content and teaching methodologies with those outcomes, gather feedback, and reflect on their teaching. The varied aspects and conceptions of student assessment will be examined, and strategies for reviewing and improving assessment practices will also be investigated.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, participants should be able to:

  1. understand the context for higher education teaching and learning in South East Asia;
  2. student learning and recognize student learning as the primary objective of teaching;
  3. construct a teaching and learning program and sessions to engage students in active learning;
  4. evaluate and select learning materials objectively to address cultural and linguistic barriers to learning;
  5. instigate effective and purposeful peer-review of their teaching;
  6. correlate the purposes of assessment practices with the learning objectives within South East Asian learning and teaching contexts;
  7. apply, modify or integrate relevant key concepts when planning and/or employing assessment tasks
  8. devise, create or adapt techniques for providing quality and timely feedback to their students.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

Assessment will be by 4 inter-unit assignments of (20% +30% +20% +30%) each submitted as part of a Portfolio (100%, approximately 4,000 words)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 contact hours in workshops to be held over 2.5 days prior to the teaching semester. The remaining hours (on average 10 to 12 hours per week)

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Co-requisites

Must be concurrently teaching


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Tessa Dunseath

Synopsis

Contemporary Issues in Higher Education in South East Asia provides opportunities for staff to negotiate a program of study focusing on issues in Higher Education in South East Asia' that they identify as being most germane to their own teaching context and discipline. By undertaking a range of modules of study, candidates will be able to further develop their knowledge and skills in the areas of teaching, learning and assessment and improve their personal practice. Candidates will be required to undertake five workshop modules in this unit and complete the prescribed activities.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, participants should be able to:

  1. Identify the contemporary issues in Higher Education in South East Asia that are germane to their own teaching context, discipline and the local setting.
  2. Be able to draw on the relevant educational literature and research to become better informed about the impact of changing trends on pedagogical principles and practice.
  3. Be able to apply theory to their teaching approaches and strategies.
  4. Reflect on and demonstrate the impact that the selected issues have on their personal practice.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

Assessment will be by Portfolio comprising evidence from a range of sources (eg., photos, journal notes, accounts of skills development) on the impact of the workshops on the candidate's personal teaching practice (100%, approximately 4,000 words or equivalent).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Candidates are required to complete five workshop modules from the approved list for HED5052 offered by EQI or through schools and other Campus departments. Workshops may vary in length, but on average would be expected to be 3 to 4 hours (one half day each). Each module will also involve approximately 25 hours further study comprising literature and web searches, reading / reflection time; completion of assessment activities and compilation of a portfolio.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Dawson

Synopsis

This unit enhances participants' knowledge of the principles of planning, teaching, learning and assessment. Effective teaching is viewed as a continually evolving practice based on the quality cycle of plan, act, evaluate and improve. Participants will explore inclusive student-centred learning activities and make choices in matching learning outcomes, learning activities and assessment with learning objectives. The unit also investigates strategies for optimising student engagement and helps participants act effectively in the classroom through analytical processes and peer review.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Design and evaluate a learning activity;
  2. Test the key features of an effective assessment task;
  3. Identify ways in which the quality and impact of teaching might be evaluated;
  4. Apply the key principles of effective teaching to improve practice.
  5. Critically reflect on their teaching and devise a plan for improvement.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

1. A short paper on the method and response to student and peer feedback on aspects of the unit and current teaching (2000-3000 words, 40%, objectives 1, 3 and 4).
2. A portfolio of activities that highlight an academic's reflection on practice (2000-3000 words, 50%, objectives 2 and 3).
3. A database entry that provides recommendations for higher education teachers based on a review study from a higher education journal (500 words, 10%, objectives 1, 4 and 5).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5001, HED5011, HED5012


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Thomas Apperley

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of informal learning and digital technologies in blended learning in a higher education context, focusing on how students use information communication technologies, and how this impacts on contemporary understanding of community and citizenship. The aim of this unit is to understand and evaluate informal everyday technology use in order to inform blended unit and course design practices that will foster student engagement and support life-long learning. The unit will focus on global connectedness and harnessing digital technologies to increase student engagement and promote active and collaborative learning. The unit involves case studies of key relevant digital technologies and their cultures of use, for example: augmented reality, blogging (and micro-blogging), cloud computing, data visualization, open access publishing, social networking, and virtual worlds. These case studies will be used to understand and develop the knowledge and skills required to critical evaluate and effectively implement the integration of digital media into blended unit design and teaching in higher education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. critically evaluate and implement the use of educational technologies and communication technologies in a higher education context in a creative and innovative manner,
  2. develop strategies for supporting the informal learning and literacies involved in everyday use of digital media for community, communication and collaboration in a higher education context,
  3. re-conceptualise the design of modules, unit and courses to reflect how networked digital communication has impacted on student engagement and collaborative learning in higher education, and
  4. build and sustain a notion of the student as a global digital citizen in online activities and assessment.

Assessment

Assessment Task 1: Report (1500 words, 40%) - describing how students would consider integration digital technologies into one unit that they are involved in teaching,
Assessment Task 2: E-portfolio (1500 words, 40%) - evaluation of five digital technologies; and Other: Self assessment (1000 words, 20%) - self assessment and action plan for increasing digital literacy

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Contact 2 hrs/week; private study 10 hrs/week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hariz Halilovich

Synopsis

Contemporary learning environments in higher education include: virtual spaces; industry placements; simulated settings; as well as a range of traditional and state-of-the-art lecture, laboratory and tutorial settings. HED5062 will allow participants to examine the influence of virtual design, physical spaces and the 'hidden curriculum' on learning. It will introduce ways of promoting learning in a range of different contexts. Participants will consider: the impact of different learning environments; how to maximise and/or broaden student learning; and practical considerations such as available resources and administration.

Outcomes

At the end of this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Outline the key influences of the learning environment and the student context on learning.
  2. Optimise use of available learning environments.
  3. Design virtual environments to maximise learning.
  4. Describe the impact of changing learning environments on teacher resources.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

This unit will be assessed using:
1. A series of reflexive short pieces (1000-1500 words, 30%, Objectives 1,2, 3 & 4)
2. An analysis of the participants' current learning environment (1000-2000 words, 30%, Objectives 1 and 2)
3. A design portfolio or analytic paper outlining proposed learning environment designs and their relationship to student learning (2000-3000 words, 40%, Objectives 2, 3 and 4).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Nelson

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to build research supervision capacity. The unit explores the spread of research graduate paradigms, including the spatial set up of candidates and their interaction with supervisors and access to resources. Students choose to study paradigms of greatest pertinence to their discipline; however, all enhance their awareness of practices across a breadth of disciplines. The unit investigates the theory of how research is supervised. Equipping students with a knowledge of methodologies, the unit prepares supervisors with the capacity to act and advise prudently toward the candidate's research potential and development among communities that support scholarship.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:

  1. explore the spread of research graduate paradigms, contemplating a variety of international HDR programs, their spatial conventions and how interaction with supervisors, community and resources may best be facilitated
  2. choose and refine the supervisory paradigm of greatest relevance to the culture of their discipline
  3. enhance their awareness of supervisory and research coursework and seminar arrangements across a breadth of disciplines
  4. investigate the theory of how research is supervised and what energises a research program as a whole and the individual candidate in particular
  5. act knowingly as a supervisor to obtain the best for each candidate's research potential and development.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
1. Completion of MRGS supervisor accreditation (or equivalent): 0%
2. Completion of case-based Moodle lessons: 40%
3. An essay of 2000 words or development of new Moodle lesson: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hariz Halilovich

Synopsis

This unit provides participants with a structured introduction to the key dimensions of research leadership, including: the development of a personal and team research strategy; project planning and management; collaboration, including working with external partners; ethics and governance for good-practice research; the development of intellectual property; financial management; research for lasting impact; and reporting on project outcomes.

Outcomes

At the end of this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Apply the key dimensions of research leadership and a variety of materials to develop a research proposal that involves collaboration;
  2. Explain how a research proposal might demonstrate alignment with national and international standards for best-practice research;
  3. Identify governance practices that might be applied to ensure that a research project achieves lasting impact; and
  4. Articulate a personal and team research strategy in a variety of formats.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

1. 50% Research plan 3000 words equivalent.
2. 50% Class presentation (10 minutes) and participation in discussion (10 minutes) on teamwork and collaboration

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jason Ceddia

Synopsis

Discipline-based studies in Higher Education 1 is designed to allow teaching of topics which are of specific interest to particular disciplines within higher education; or which are focused upon a particular contemporary perspective in higher education. In line with other Graduate Certificate in Academic Practice units, this unit will explore aspects of the particular topic through examining participants' own work practices.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Outline key frameworks, principles or theories relevant to the particular focus of this unit.
  2. Apply these frameworks, principles or theories in order to enhance practice.
  3. Describe the impact of studying the particular topic upon their own academic practice.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

A portfolio of applied work (5000-6000 words, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nell Kimberley

Synopsis

Discipline-based Studies in Higher Education II is designed to allow teaching of topics which are of specific interest to particular disciplines within higher education; or which are focused upon a particular contemporary perspective in higher education. In line with other Graduate Certificate in Academic Practice units, this unit will explore aspects of the particular topic through examining participants' own work practices.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Outline key frameworks, principles or theories relevant to the particular focus of this unit.
  2. Apply these frameworks, principles or theories in order to enhance practice.
  3. Describe the impact of studying the particular topic upon their own academic practice.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

There will be two assessment tasks: a paper (2000-3000 words, 40%); and a portfolio of applied work (3000-4000 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Angela Carbone

Synopsis

The Higher Education Innovations unit will allow participants to design a project which aims to improve or innovate in an area of higher education. Participants can investigate any area of teaching and learning in higher education. This unit will introduce the essential elements required to undertake a higher education project. Participants will consider: ways of expressing their project effectively using variety of formats; the need and value of their project; exploring the literature and building on past higher education projects and programs; the research approach; dissemination plans; timeline and budget so that the deliverables and outcomes of the project can be achieved within the timeframe.
This unit will be offered in blended mode as part of the first wave of migrations to the Monash Virtual Learning Environment. Core components of the program have been developed for online delivery, thus maximizing the efficacy of face to face sessions as opportunities for discussion, interaction and group work.

Outcomes

At the end of this unit, participants will be able to:

  1. Communicate their proposal effectively using different formats, to participants , staff and industry
  2. Review, analyse, consolidate and synthesise a variety of materials in order to articulate the need for their project
  3. Identify local and global networks that support and enhance their project outcomes
  4. Outline ethical issues involved in undertaking a higher education project
  5. Articulate and apply research approaches to undertake and evaluate their project.

Fieldwork

N/A

Assessment

This unit will be assessed using:
1. A verbal presentation and short written expression of the project proposal (Objective 1) (500 words, 20%).
2. A written submission outlining project outcomes and rational, discussing the value and need for the project (Objective 2) (2000-3000 words, 40%).
3. A written submission describing the approach, dissemination strategy and budget justification. (Objectives 3, 4 and 5) (2000-3000 words, 40%).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the Unit Guide, which include set readings; and to complete assessment tasks.

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5031, HED5032